service manual - manuals - geniemanuals.gogenielift.com/parts and service...
TRANSCRIPT
Service Manual
(from serial number 1187 to 3241)
Refer to inside cover for additional serial number information
Part No. 119987
Rev A
June 2007
Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007
ii
Introduction
Important
Read, understand and obey the safety rules andoperating instructions in the appropriateGenie Z-34/22 IC Operator’s Manual beforeattempting any maintenance or repair procedure.
This manual provides detailed scheduledmaintenance information for the machine ownerand user. It also provides repair procedures forqualified service professionals.
Basic mechanical, hydraulic and electricalskills are required to perform most procedures.However, several procedures require specializedskills, tools, lifting equipment and a suitableworkshop. In these instances, we stronglyrecommend that maintenance and repair beperformed at an authorized Genie dealerservice center.
Technical Publications
Genie Industries has endeavored to deliver thehighest degree of accuracy possible. However,continuous improvement of our products is a Geniepolicy. Therefore product specifications are subjectto change without notice.
Readers are encouraged to notify Genie of errorsand send in suggestions for improvement. Allcommunications will be carefully considered forfuture printings of this and other manuals.
Contact Us:
http://www.genieindustries.come-mail: [email protected]
Copyright © 1997 by Genie Industries
119987 Rev A June 2007Second Edition, First Printing
"Genie" and "Z" are registered trademarks ofGenie Industries in the USA and many othercountries.
Printed on recycled paper
Printed in U.S.A.
Serial Number Information
Genie Industries offers the following ServiceManual for this models:
Title Part No.
Z-34/22 IC Service Manual, First Edition(from serial number 101 to 1186) ......................... 43037
Z-34/22 IC Service Manual(from serial number 3242 to 4799) .....................128267
Z-34/22 IC Service Manual(from serial number 4800) ..................................128300
Introduction
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC
June 2007
INTRODUCTION
Serial Number Legend
Z3422 07 - 12345
Model
Model year
Sequence
number
PN - 77055
Country of manufacture: USA
This machine complies with:
Genie Industries
18340 NE 76th Street
Redmond, WA 98052
USA
ANSI A92.5CAN B.354.4
Model: Z-34/22
Serial number: Z342207-12345
Electrical schematic number: ESXXXX
Machine unladen weight:
Rated work load (including occupants): XX kg
Maximum allowable inclination of the chassis:
0 deg
Gradeability: N/A
Maximum allowable side force : XX N
Maximum number of platfrm occupants: XX
Model year: Manufacture date: 02/01/072007
Maximum wind speed : XX m/s
Maximum platform height : XX m
Maximum platform reach : XX m
Serial number
stamped on chassis
Serial label
(located under cover)
iii
Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007
This page intentionally left blank.
iv
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC
June 2007
v
DangerFailure to obey the instructions and safety rulesin this manual and the appropriateGenie Z-34/22 IC Operator’s Manual will result indeath or serious injury.
Many of the hazards identified in theoperator’s manual are also safety hazardswhen maintenance and repair proceduresare performed.
Do Not Perform MaintenanceUnless:
You are trained and qualified to performmaintenance on this machine.
You read, understand and obey:- manufacturer’s instructions and safety rules- employer’s safety rules and worksite
regulations- applicable governmental regulations
You have the appropriate tools, liftingequipment and a suitable workshop.
Safety Rules
Section 1 • Safety Rules
Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007
SAFETY RULES
Be sure to wear protective eye wear andother protective clothing if the situationwarrants it.
Be aware of potential crushing hazardssuch as moving parts, free swinging orunsecured components when lifting or
placing loads. Always wear approved steel-toedshoes.
Workplace SafetyBe sure to keep sparks, flames andlighted tobacco away from flammable andcombustible materials like battery gases
and engine fuels. Always have an approved fireextinguisher within easy reach.
Be sure that all tools and working areasare properly maintained and ready foruse. Keep work surfaces clean and free of
debris that could get into machine components andcause damage.
Be sure any forklift, overhead crane orother lifting or supporting device is fullycapable of supporting and stabilizing the
weight to be lifted. Use only chains or straps thatare in good condition and of ample capacity.
Be sure that fasteners intended for onetime use (i.e., cotter pins and self-lockingnuts) are not reused. These components
may fail if they are used a second time.
Be sure to properly dispose of old oil orother fluids. Use an approved container.Please be environmentally safe.
Be sure that your workshop or work areais properly ventilated and well lit.
Personal SafetyAny person working on or around a machine mustbe aware of all known safety hazards. Personalsafety and the continued safe operation of themachine should be your top priority.
Read each procedure thoroughly. Thismanual and the decals on the machineuse signal words to identify the following:
Safety alert symbol—used to alertpersonnel to potential personalinjury hazards. Obey all safetymessages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury or death.
Used to indicate the presence ofan imminently hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin death or serious injury.
With safety alert symbol—used toindicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inminor or moderate injury.
Without safety alert symbol—usedto indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inproperty damage.
Used to indicate operation ormaintenance information.
vi
Section 1 • Safety Rules
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC
June 2007
Table of Contents
vii
Introduction
Important Information .................................................................................................. ii
Serial Number Information ........................................................................................... ii
Serial Number Legend................................................................................................ iii
Section 1 Safety Rules
General Safety Rules ................................................................................................. v
Section 2 Rev Specifications
A Machine Specifications .......................................................................................... 2 - 1
Performance Specifications ................................................................................... 2 - 2
Hydraulic Specifications ........................................................................................ 2 - 3
Manifold Component Specifications ...................................................................... 2 - 4
Machine Torque Specifications.............................................................................. 2 - 4
Kubota D-905 Engine Specifications ..................................................................... 2 - 5
Kubota DF-750 Engine Specifications ................................................................... 2 - 6
Kubota DF-752 Engine Specifications ................................................................... 2 - 7
Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Torque Specifications ................................................. 2 - 8
SAE and Metric Fastener Torque Chart ................................................................ 2 - 9
Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
viii
Section 3 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Introduction ........................................................................................................... 3 - 1
Pre-Delivery Preparation ....................................................................................... 3 - 3
Maintenance Inspection Report ............................................................................. 3 - 5
A Checklist A Procedures
A-1 Inspect the Manuals and Decals .................................................................. 3 - 7
A-2 Perform Pre-operation Inspection ................................................................ 3 - 8
A-3 Perform Function Tests ............................................................................... 3 - 8
A-4 Perform Engine Maintenance ...................................................................... 3 - 9
A-5 Perform 30 Day Service ............................................................................... 3 - 9
A-6 Perform Engine Maintenance .................................................................... 3 - 10
A-7 Perform Engine Maintenance .................................................................... 3 - 10
A-8 Grease the Turntable Rotation Bearing and Worm Drive Gear .................. 3 - 11
A-9 Perform Engine Maintenance .................................................................... 3 - 12
A-10 Drain the Fuel Filter/Water Separator - Diesel Models ............................... 3 - 12
A-11 Perform Engine Maintenance .................................................................... 3 - 14
A Checklist B Procedures
B-1 Check the Engine Choke - Gasoline/LPG Models ..................................... 3 - 15
B-2 Check the Exhaust System........................................................................ 3 - 16
B-3 Inspect the Battery ..................................................................................... 3 - 16
B-4 Inspect the Electrical Wiring ....................................................................... 3 - 18
B-5 Inspect the Tires, Wheels and Lug Nut Torque .......................................... 3 - 18
B-6 Confirm the Proper Brake Configuration .................................................... 3 - 19
B-7 Check the Oil Level in the Drive Hubs ....................................................... 3 - 19
B-8 Check the Glow Plugs - Diesel Models ...................................................... 3 - 20
B-9 Check and Adjust the Engine RPM ............................................................ 3 - 21
B-10 Test the Ground Control Override .............................................................. 3 - 22
B-11 Test the Platform Self-leveling ................................................................... 3 - 23
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC
June 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ix
Section 3 Rev Scheduled Maintenance Procedures, continued
B-12 Test the Engine Idle Select ........................................................................ 3 - 23
B-13 Test the Fuel Select Operation - Gasoline/LPG Models ............................. 3 - 24
B-14 Test the Drive Brakes ................................................................................ 3 - 25
B-15 Test the Drive Speed - Stowed Position ..................................................... 3 - 26
B-16 Test the Drive Speed - Raised or Extended Position .................................. 3 - 27
B-17 Inspect the Fuel and Hydraulic Tank Cap Venting Systems ....................... 3 - 28
B-18 Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis ................................................................... 3 - 29
B-19 Test the Alarm Package (if equipped) ........................................................ 3 - 29
B-20 Replace the Diesel Fuel Filter/Water Separator Element -Diesel Models ............................................................................................ 3 - 30
B-21 Perform Engine Maintenance - Diesel Models ............................................ 3 - 32
A Checklist C Procedures
C-1 Clean the Fuel Tank - Diesel Models ......................................................... 3 - 33
C-2 Perform Engine Maintenance - Diesel Models ........................................... 3 - 34
C-3 Perform Engine Maintenance - Diesel Models ........................................... 3 - 34
A Checklist D Procedures
D-1 Check the Primary Boom Wear Pads ........................................................ 3 - 35
D-2 Check the Free-wheel Configuration .......................................................... 3 - 35
D-3 Replace the Drive Hub Oil ......................................................................... 3 - 36
D-4 Replace the Hydraulic Filters ..................................................................... 3 - 37
D-5 Check the Turntable Rotation Bearing Bolts .............................................. 3 - 39
D-6 Inspect for Turntable Bearing Wear ........................................................... 3 - 40
D-7 Perform Engine Maintenance .................................................................... 3 - 41
A Checklist E Procedures
E-1 Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil .............................................................. 3 - 42
E-2 Grease the Steer Axle Wheel Bearings, 2WD Models ............................... 3 - 43
E-3 Perform Engine Maintenance .................................................................... 3 - 45
Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
x
Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 4 - 1
A Platform Controls
1-1 Horsepower Limiter Board (before serial number 1547) ................................. 4 - 2
1-2 Drive Joystick (after serial number 1546) ..................................................... 4 - 4
A Platform Components
2-1 Platform ....................................................................................................... 4 - 8
2-2 Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder .................................................................. 4 - 8
2-3 Platform Rotator ......................................................................................... 4 - 10
A Jib Boom Components
3-1 Jib Boom.................................................................................................... 4 - 12
3-2 Jib Boom Bell Crank .................................................................................. 4 - 13
3-2 Jib Boom Lift Cylinder ................................................................................ 4 - 13
A Primary Boom Components
4-1 Plastic Cable Track .................................................................................... 4 - 15
4-2 Primary Boom ............................................................................................ 4 - 15
4-3 Primary Boom Lift Cylinder ......................................................................... 4 - 19
4-4 Extension Cylinder ..................................................................................... 4 - 20
4-5 Platform Leveling Master Cylinder .............................................................. 4 - 22
A Secondary Boom Components
5-1 Secondary Boom........................................................................................ 4 - 25
5-2 Secondary Boom Lift Cylinder .................................................................... 4 - 29
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC
June 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures, continued
A Kubota D-905 Engine
6-1 Timing Adjustment ..................................................................................... 4 - 30
6-2 Glow Plugs ................................................................................................. 4 - 30
6-3 RPM Adjustment ........................................................................................ 4 - 30
6-4 Flex Plate................................................................................................... 4 - 30
6-5 Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure Switches ........................................ 4 - 31
A Kubota DF-750/DF-752 Engine
7-1 Choke Adjustments .................................................................................... 4 - 32
7-2 Timing Adjustment ..................................................................................... 4 - 32
7-3 Carburetor Adjustment ................................................................................ 4 - 32
7-4 RPM Adjustment ........................................................................................ 4 - 32
7-5 Flex Plate................................................................................................... 4 - 32
7-6 Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure Switches ........................................ 4 - 33
A Hydraulic Pumps
8-1 Auxiliary Pump ........................................................................................... 4 - 34
8-2 Function Pump ........................................................................................... 4 - 35
8-3 Drive Pump ................................................................................................ 4 - 36
A Manifolds
9-1 Function Manifold Components .................................................................. 4 - 38
9-2 Valve Adjustments - Function Manifold ...................................................... 4 - 42
9-3 Jib Boom / Platform Rotate Manifold Components ..................................... 4 - 44
9-4 Brake / 2-speed Manifold Components ....................................................... 4 - 45
9-5 2WD Traction Manifold Components .......................................................... 4 - 46
9-6 4WD Traction Manifold Components .......................................................... 4 - 48
9-7 Valve Adjustments - Traction Manifold ....................................................... 4 - 50
9-8 Valve Coils ................................................................................................. 4 - 50
xi
Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xii
Section 4 Rev Repair Procedures, continued
A Fuel and Hydraulic Tanks
10-1 Fuel Tank ................................................................................................... 4 - 53
10-2 Hydraulic Tank ........................................................................................... 4 - 54
A Turntable Rotation Components
11-1 Rotation Hydraulic Motor ........................................................................... 4 - 55
A Axle Components
12-1 Hub and Bearings, 2WD Models ................................................................ 4 - 56
Section 5 Rev Schematics
Introduction ........................................................................................................... 5 - 1
A Electrical Symbols Legend .................................................................................... 5 - 2
A Hydraulic Symbols Legend .................................................................................... 5 - 3
A Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546) ........................................................................ 5 - 5
A Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996) ........................................................................ 5 - 7
A Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241) ........................................................................ 5 - 9
A Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546) ...................................................................... 5 - 11
A Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996) ...................................................................... 5 - 13
A Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241) ...................................................................... 5 - 15
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC
June 2007
TABLE OF CONTENTS
xiii
Section 5 Rev Schematics, continued
A Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546) ...................................................................... 5 - 17
A Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1985) ...................................................................... 5 - 18
A Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1986 to 3241) ...................................................................... 5 - 19
A Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546) ...................................................................... 5 - 20
A Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1985) ...................................................................... 5 - 21
A Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1986 to 3241) ...................................................................... 5 - 22
A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546) ...................................................................... 5 - 23
A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996) ...................................................................... 5 - 24
A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241) ...................................................................... 5 - 25
A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546) ...................................................................... 5 - 26
A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996) ...................................................................... 5 - 27
A Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241) ...................................................................... 5 - 28
A Generator Option Wiring Diagram (from serial number 1547 to 1996) ................. 5 - 29
A Generator Option Wiring Diagram (from serial number 1997 to 3241) ................. 5 - 30
A Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram (from serial number 1187 to 1546) .............. 5 - 31
A Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram (from serial number 1547 to 1996) .............. 5 - 32
A Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram (from serial number 1997 to 3241) .............. 5 - 33
A Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models (from serial number 1187 to 1546) ............... 5 - 34
A Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models (from serial number 1547 to 2899) ............... 5 - 36
A Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models (from serial number 2900 to 3241) ............... 5 - 38
A Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models (from serial number 1187 to 1546) ............... 5 - 40
A Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models (from serial number 1547 to 2899) ............... 5 - 42
A Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models (from serial number 2900 to 3241) ............... 5 - 44
Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007
This page intentionally left blank.
xvi
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 2 - 1
Section 2 • SpecificationsJune 2007
REV A Specifications
Machine Specifications
Tires and wheels Rough terrain Industrial
Tire size 10-16.5 NHS 9-14.5 LT
Tire ply rating Tread 6Sidewall 6
Overall tire diameter 30.5 in 28 in77.5 cm 71.1 cm
Wheel diameter 16.5 in 14.5 in42 cm 36.8 cm
Wheel width 10 in 7 in25.4 cm 18 cm
Wheel lugs, 4WD 9 @ 5/8-18
Wheel lugs, 2WDFront 8 @ 5/8-18 8 @ 5/8-18Rear 9 @ 5/8-18 9 @ 5/8-18
Tire pressure 45 psi 100 psi3.1 bar 6.89 bar
Lug nut torque 125 ft-lbs 125 ft-lbs170 Nm 170 Nm
For operational specifications, refer to theOperator's Manual.
Continuous improvement of our products is aGenie policy. Product specifications aresubject to change without notice.
Fluid capacities
Fuel tank capacity 12 gallons45.4 liters
Hydraulic tank capacity 18 gallons68.1 liters
Hydraulic system capacity 22 gallons(including tank) 83.3 liters
Drive hubs 17 fl oz0.5 liter
Drive hub oil type: EP 80-90W gear oilAPI service classification GL5
2 - 2 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
Section 2 • Specifications June 2007
REV A
Performance Specifications
Drive speeds (maximum) 2WD 4WD
Boom stowed, high range 4.5 mph 4.0 mph7.2 km/h 6.4 km/h
40 ft/6.1 sec 40 ft/6.8 sec12.2 m/6.1 sec 12.2 m/6.8 sec
Boom raised or extended 0.6 mph 0.6 mph1km/h 1km/h
40 ft/40 sec 40 ft/40 sec12.2 m/40 sec 12.2 m/40 sec
Gradeability See Operator's Manual
Boom function speeds, maximumfrom platform controls (with rated load in platform)
Jib boom up 24 to 30 seconds
Jib boom down 15 to 21 seconds
Primary boom up 15 to 21 seconds
Primary boom down 13 to 19 seconds
Primary boom extend 24 to 30 seconds
Primary boom retract 14 to 20 seconds
Secondary boom up 15 to 21 seconds
Secondary boom down 11 to 17 seconds
Turntable rotate, 355° 62 to 68 seconds
Platform rotate, 160° 4 to 7 seconds
SPECIFICATIONS
Continuous improvement of our products is aGenie policy. Product specifications aresubject to change without notice.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 2 - 3
Section 2 • SpecificationsJune 2007
REV A
Hydraulic Specifications
Hydraulic fluid Dexron equivalent
Drive pump
Type: bi-directional variabledisplacement piston pump
Displacement 1.71 cu inper revolution 28 cc
Flow rate @ 3000rpm 22 gpm 84 L/min
Function pump
Type: Fixed displacement gear pump
Displacement 0.24 cu inper revolution 4 cc
Flow rate @ 3000rpm 3 gpm 11.4 L/min
Drive manifold
Hot oil shuttle relief pressure 250 psi17.2 bar
Front drive motors, 4WD models
Displacement per revolution 0.92 cu in15 cc
Rear drive motors, all models
Displacement per revolution 1.83 cu in30 cc
SPECIFICATIONS
Function manifold
System relief 3200 psivalve pressure 220.7 bar
Primary boom down reliefvalve pressure(before serial number 2901) 1400 psi
96.5 bar
(after serial number 2900) 1600 psi110 bar
Secondary boom down relief 1600 psivalve pressure 110 bar
Primary boom extend reliefvalve pressure(before serial number 2901) 1800 psi
124 bar
(from serial number 2901 to 3215) 2800 psi193 bar
Auxiliary pump
Type Fixed displacement gear pump
Displacement 0.5 gpm1.9 L/min
Auxiliary pump 3400 psirelief pressure 234.5 bar
Hydraulic filters
Hydraulic tank Beta 10 ≥ 200return line filter with 25 psi / 1.7 bar bypass
Medium pressure filter Beta 3 ≥ 200
Medium pressure filter 50 psibypass pressure 3.45 bar
Continuous improvement of our products is aGenie policy. Product specifications aresubject to change without notice.
2 - 4 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
Section 2 • Specifications June 2007
REV A
Manifold ComponentSpecifications
Plug torque
SAE No. 2 36 in-lbs / 4 Nm
SAE No. 4 10 ft-lbs / 13 Nm
SAE No. 6 14 ft-lbs / 19 Nm
SAE No. 8 38 ft-lbs / 51 Nm
SAE No. 10 41 ft-lbs / 55 Nm
SAE No. 12 56 ft-lbs / 76 Nm
Valve Coil Resistance
Note: The following coil resistance specifications are atan ambient temperature of 68°F / 20°C. As valve coilresistance is sensitive to changes in air temperature,the coil resistance will typically increase or decrease by4% for each 18°F / 20°C that your air temperatureincreases or decreases from 68°F / 20°C.
Valve coil specifications
2 position 3 way solenoid valve, 10V DC 6Ω(schematic items V, S, Q, P, M, U, T,R, O, N, AA, AB, CA, CB, CC and CD)
3 position 4 way solenoid valve, 10V DC 6Ω(schematic item E, CH, CI)
Proportional solenoid valve, 12V DC 5Ω(schematic item D)
SPECIFICATIONS
Machine Torque Specifications
Platform rotator
3/4 -10 center bolt, GR 8 (dry) 380 ft-lbs515 Nm
3/4 -10 center bolt, GR 8 (lubricated) 280 ft-lbs379 Nm
3/8 -16 bolts, GR 8 (dry) 44 ft-lbs60 Nm
3/8 -16 bolts, GR 8 (lubricated) 33 ft-lbs45 Nm
Turntable rotate assembly
Rotate bearing mounting bolts, lubricated 180 ft-lbs244 Nm
Rotate bearing motor 93 ft-lbsmounting bolts, lubricated 126 Nm
Drive motor and hubs
Drive hub mounting bolts, lubricated 180 ft-lbs244 Nm
Drive motor mounting bolts, lubricated3/8 -16, GR 5 23 ft-lbs
31 Nm7/16 -14, GR 5 37 ft-lbs
50 Nm
Continuous improvement of our products is aGenie policy. Product specifications aresubject to change without notice.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 2 - 5
Section 2 • SpecificationsJune 2007
REV A SPECIFICATIONS
Continuous improvement of our products is aGenie policy. Product specifications aresubject to change without notice.
Kubota D-905 Engine
Displacement 54.86 cu in0.90 liters
Number of cylinders 3
Bore and stroke 2.83 x 2.90 inches72 x 73.6 mm
Horsepower, gross intermittent 26 @ 3600 rpm19.3kW
Firing order 1 - 2 - 3
Compression ratio 23:1
Compression pressure 412 to 469 psi28.4 to 32.3 bar
Low idle 1300 rpm260 hz
High idle 3000 rpm600 hz
Governor centrifugal mechanical
Valve clearance, cold 0.0057 to 0.0072 in0.145 to 0.183 mm
Engine coolant
Capacity 3.3 quarts3.1 liters
Lubrication system
Oil pressure 36 to 64 psi2.48 to 4.41 bar
Oil capacity 5.4 quarts(including filter) 5.1 liters
Oil viscosity 10W-30requirements
Engine oil should have properties of API classificationCD/SE or CD/SF grades.
Injection system
Injection pump make Bocsh MD
Injection timing 13° to 25° BTDC
Injection pump pressure 1991 psi137 bar
Fuel requirement diesel number 2-D
Battery
Type 12V DC
Group 34/78
Quantity 1
Ampere hour 75AH
Cold cranking ampere 900A
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 125 minutes
Starter motor
Brush length, new 0.5188 in13 mm
Brush length, minimum 0.3346 in8.5 mm
AlternatorOutput 30A, 14V DC
Fan belt deflection 1/4 to 3/8 inch7 to 9 mm
2 - 6 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
Section 2 • Specifications June 2007
REV A
Kubota DF-750 Engine
Displacement 45.21 cu in0.74 liters
Number of cylinders 3
Bore & stroke 2.68 x 2.68 inches68 x 68 mm
Horsepower, gross intermittent 23.8 @ 3600 rpm17.7 kW @ 3600 rpm
Firing order 1 - 2 - 3
Low idle 1600 rpm320 hz
High idle 3000 rpm600 hz
Governor centrifugal ballmechanical
Compression ratio 9:1
Compression pressure (approx.) 128 to 185 psi8.8 to 12.7 bar
Pressure (psi) of lowest cylinder must be at least 90%of highest cylinder
Valve clearances, cold 0.0057 to 0.0072 inches0.145 to 0.183 mm
Lubrication system
Oil pressure 28 to 64 psi(operating temp. @ 3850 rpm) 1.9 to 4.4 bar
Oil capacity 3.9 quarts(including filter) 3.7 liters
Oil viscosity requirementsAbove 9°F / -13°C 10W-30Below 10°F / -12°C 5W-30
Use oils meeting API classification SF (labeled SF/CCor SF/CD) for improved wear protection.
Fuel pump
Static pressure 2.84 psi0.19 bar
Fuel flow rate 0.125 gpm0.47 L/min
Starter motor
Brush length, new 0.669 in17 mm
Brush length wear limit 0.453 in11.5 mm
Brush spring tension 50 to 91 ounces13.9 to 25.3 Newtons
Battery
Type 12V DC
Group 34/78
Quantity 1
Ampere hour 75AH
Cold cranking ampere 900A
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 125 minutes
Ignition System
Ignition spark advance 18° BTDC
Ignition coil primary 1.3 to 1.6Ωresistance @ 75°F / 24°C
Ignition coil secondary 10.7 to 14.5 kΩresistance @ 75°F / 24°C
Spark plug wire resistance 10 to 22 kΩ
Spark plug type NGK BCP4ES-11
Spark plug gap 0.039 to 0.043 inches1.0 to 1.1 mm
Engine coolant
Capacity 3.1 quarts2.9 liters
Alternator
Output 30A, 14V DC
Fan belt deflection 1/4 to 3/8 inch7 to 9 mm
SPECIFICATIONS
Continuous improvement of our products is aGenie policy. Product specifications aresubject to change without notice.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 2 - 7
Section 2 • SpecificationsJune 2007
REV A SPECIFICATIONS
Continuous improvement of our products is aGenie policy. Product specifications aresubject to change without notice.
Kubota DF-752 Engine
Displacement 45.21 cu in0.74 liters
Number of cylinders 3
Bore & stroke 2.68 x 2.68 inches68 x 68 mm
Horsepower, gross intermittent 24.8 @ 3600 rpm18.5 kW @ 3600 rpm
Firing order 1 - 2 - 3
Low idle 1600 rpm320 hz
High idle 3000 rpm600 hz
Governor centrifugal ball mechanical
Compression ratio 9.2:1
Compression pressure (approx.) 128 to 185 psi8.8 to 12.7 bar
Valve clearances, cold 0.0057 to 0.0072 inches0.145 to 0.183 mm
Lubrication system
Oil pressure 28 to 64 psi(operating temp. @ 3850 rpm) 1.9 to 4.4 bar
Oil capacity 3.4 quarts(including filter) 3.25 liters
Oil viscosity requirementsAbove 9°F / -13°C 10W-30Below 10°F / -12°C 5W-30
Use oils meeting API classification SF (labeled SH/CCor SH/CD) for improved wear protection.
Fuel pump
Fuel pressure, static 2.84 psi0.19 bar
Fuel flow rate 0.125 gpm0.47 L/min
Starter motor
Brush length, new 0.669 in17 mm
Brush length wear limit 0.453 in11.5 mm
Brush spring tension 50 to 91 ounces13.9 to 25.3 Newtons
Battery
Type 12V DC
Group 34/78
Quantity 1
Ampere hour 75AH
Cold cranking ampere 900A
Reserve capacity @ 25A rate 125 minutes
Ignition System
Ignition spark advance 18° BTDC
Ignition coil primary 1.3 to 1.6Ωresistance @ 75°F / 24°C
Ignition coil secondary 10.7 to 14.5 kΩresistance @ 75°F / 24°C
#1 Spark plug wire resistance 2.81 to 4.79 kΩ
#2 Spark plug wire resistance 3.4 to 5.8 kΩ
#3 Spark plug wire resistance 3.57 to 6.09 kΩ
Spark plug type NGK BKR4E-11
Spark plug gap 0.039 to 0.043 inches1 to 1.1 mm
Engine coolant
Capacity 3.1 quarts2.9 liters
Alternator
Output 30A, 14V DC
Fan belt deflection 1/4 to 3/8 inch7 to 9 mm
2 - 8 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
Section 2 • Specifications June 2007
REV ASPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulic Hose and FittingTorque SpecificationsYour machine is equipped with Parker Seal-Lok®fittings and hose ends. Genie specifications requirethat fittings and hose ends be torqued tospecification when they are removed and installedor when new hoses or fittings are installed.
SAE O-ring Boss Port(tube fitting - installed into Aluminum)
SAE Dash size Torque
-4 11 ft-lbs / 14.9 Nm
-6 23 ft-lbs / 31.2 Nm
-8 40 ft-lbs / 54.2 Nm
-10 69 ft-lbs / 93.6 Nm
-12 93 ft-lbs / 126.1 Nm
-16 139 ft-lbs / 188.5 Nm
-20 172 ft-lbs / 233.2 Nm
-24 208 ft-lbs / 282 Nm
SAE O-ring Boss Port(tube fitting - installed into Steel)
SAE Dash size Torque
-4 16 ft-lbs / 21.7 Nm
-6 35 ft-lbs / 47.5 Nm
-8 60 ft-lbs / 81.3 Nm
-10 105 ft-lbs / 142.4 Nm
-12 140 ft-lbs / 190 Nm
-16 210 ft-lbs / 284.7 Nm
-20 260 ft-lbs / 352.5 Nm
-24 315 ft-lbs / 427.1 Nm
Seal-Lok® Fittings(hose end)
SAE Dash size Torque
-4 18 ft-lbs / 25 Nm
-6 30 ft-lbs / 40 Nm
-8 40 ft-lbs / 55 Nm
-10 60 ft-lbs / 80 Nm
-12 85 ft-lbs / 115 Nm
-16 110 ft-lbs / 150 Nm
-20 140 ft-lbs / 190 Nm
-24 180 ft-lbs / 245 Nm
Seal-Lok® fittings
1 Replace the O-ring. The O-ring must bereplaced anytime the seal has been broken.The O-ring cannot be re-used if the fitting orhose end has been tightened beyond fingertight.
Note: The O-rings used in the Parker Seal Lok®fittings and hose ends are custom-size O-rings.They are not standard SAE size O-rings. They areavailable in the O-ring field service kit (Genie partnumber 49612).
2 Lubricate the O-ring before installation.
3 Be sure that the face seal O-ring is seated andretained properly.
4 Position the tube and nut squarely on the faceseal end of the fitting and tighten the nut fingertight.
5 Tighten the nut or fitting to the appropriatetorque per given size as shown in the table.
6 Operate all machine functions and inspect thehoses and fittings and related components toconfirm that there are no leaks.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 2 - 9
Section 2 • SpecificationsJune 2007
REV A
SIZE THREAD
in-lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m
20 80 9 100 11.3 110 12.4 140 15.8 130 14.728 90 10.1 120 13.5 120 13.5 160 18 140 15.8
f t - lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m
18 13 17.6 17 23 18 24 25 33.9 21 28.424 14 19 19 25.7 20 27.1 27 36.6 24 32.516 23 31.2 31 42 33 44.7 44 59.6 38 51.524 26 35.2 35 47.4 37 50.1 49 66.4 43 58.314 37 50.1 49 66.4 50 67.8 70 94.7 61 82.720 41 55.5 55 74.5 60 81.3 80 108.4 68 92.113 57 77.3 75 101.6 80 108.4 110 149 93 12620 64 86.7 85 115 90 122 120 162 105 14212 80 108.4 110 149 120 162 150 203 130 17618 90 122 120 162 130 176 170 230 140 18911 110 149 150 203 160 217 210 284 180 24418 130 176 170 230 180 244 240 325 200 27110 200 271 270 366 280 379 380 515 320 43316 220 298 300 406 310 420 420 569 350 4749 320 433 430 583 450 610 610 827 510 69114 350 474 470 637 500 678 670 908 560 7598 480 650 640 867 680 922 910 1233 770 104412 530 718 710 962 750 1016 990 1342 840 11397 590 800 790 1071 970 1315 1290 1749 1090 147712 670 908 890 1206 1080 1464 1440 1952 1220 16547 840 1138 1120 1518 1360 1844 1820 2467 1530 207412 930 1260 1240 1681 1510 2047 2010 2725 1700 23046 1460 1979 1950 2643 2370 3213 3160 4284 2670 362012 1640 2223 2190 2969 2670 3620 3560 4826 3000 4067
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
1 1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
LUBED
1/4
LUBED DRY LUBED DRY
LUBEDDRYLUBED
SAE FASTENER TORQUE CHART
Grade 5
DRYLUBED
• This chart is to be used as a guide only unless noted elsewhere in this manual •A574 High Strength Black Oxide Bolts
Grade 8
Size
(mm)in- lbs N m in-lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m in- lbs N m
5 16 1.8 21 2.4 41 4.63 54 6.18 58 6.63 78 8.84 68 7.75 91 10.36 19 3.05 36 4.07 69 7.87 93 10.5 100 11.3 132 15 116 13.2 155 17.67 45 5.12 60 6.83 116 13.2 155 17.6 167 18.9 223 25.2 1.95 22.1 260 29.4
f t - lbs N m ft-lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m ft- lbs N m
8 5.4 7.41 7.2 9.88 14 19.1 18.8 25.5 20.1 27.3 26.9 36.5 23.6 32 31.4 42.610 10.8 14.7 14.4 19.6 27.9 37.8 37.2 50.5 39.9 54.1 53.2 72.2 46.7 63.3 62.3 84.412 18.9 25.6 25.1 34.1 48.6 66 64.9 88 69.7 94.5 92.2 125 81 110 108 14714 30.1 40.8 40 54.3 77.4 105 103 140 110 150 147 200 129 175 172 23416 46.9 63.6 62.5 84.8 125 170 166 226 173 235 230 313 202 274 269 36518 64.5 87.5 86.2 117 171 233 229 311 238 323 317 430 278 377 371 50320 91 124 121 165 243 330 325 441 337 458 450 610 394 535 525 71322 124 169 166 225 331 450 442 600 458 622 612 830 536 727 715 97024 157 214 210 285 420 570 562 762 583 791 778 1055 682 925 909 1233
LUBED DRY LUBED DRYLUBED DRY LUBED DRY
LUBEDDRYLUBED
Class 12.9Class 4.6
DRYLUBED
METRIC FASTENER TORQUE CHART• This chart is to be used as a guide only unless noted elsewhere in this manual •
LUBED DRY
Class 10.9Class 8.8
DRY
10.9 12.98.84.6
SPECIFICATIONS
2 - 10 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
Section 2 • Specifications June 2007
REV A
This page intentionally left blank.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 1
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
About This Section
This section contains detailed procedures for eachscheduled maintenance inspection.
Each procedure includes a description, safetywarnings and step-by-step instructions.
Symbols Legend
Safety alert symbol—used to alertpersonnel to potential personalinjury hazards. Obey all safetymessages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury or death.
Used to indicate the presence ofan imminently hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin death or serious injury.
With safety alert symbol—used toindicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may resultin minor or moderate injury.
Without safety alert symbol—usedto indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inproperty damage.
Used to indicate operation ormaintenance information.
Indicates that a specific result is expected afterperforming a series of steps.
Indicates that an incorrect result has occurredafter performing a series of steps.
Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Observe and Obey:
Maintenance inspections shall be completed bya person trained and qualified on themaintenance of this machine.
Scheduled maintenance inspections shall becompleted daily, quarterly, six months, annuallyand every two years as specified on theMaintenance Inspection Report.
Failure to perform each procedureas presented and scheduled couldresult in death, serious injury orsubstantial machine damage.
Immediately tag and remove from service adamaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunctionbefore operating machine.
Use only Genie approved replacement parts.
Keep records on all inspections for three years.
Unless otherwise specified, perform eachprocedure with the machine in the followingconfiguration:
· Machine parked on a firm, level surface
· Boom in the stowed position
· Turntable rotated with the boom betweenthe non-steer wheels
· Key switch in the off position with thekey removed
· Wheels chocked
· All external AC power supply disconnected from the machine
3 - 2 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Maintenance Symbols Legend
The following symbols have beenused in this manual to helpcommunicate the intent of theinstructions. When one or more ofthe symbols appear at thebeginning of a maintenanceprocedure, it conveys the meaningbelow.
Indicates that tools will be required toperform this procedure.
Indicates that new parts will be requiredto perform this procedure.
Indicates that a cold engine will berequired to perform this procedure.
Indicates that a warm engine will berequired to perform this procedure.
Indicates that dealer service is requiredto perform this procedure.
Pre-delivery Preparation Report
The pre-delivery preparation report containschecklists for each type of scheduled inspection.
Make copies of the Pre-delivery Preparation reportto use for each inspection. Store completed formsas required.
Maintenance Schedule
There are five types of maintenance inspectionsthat must be performed according to a schedule—daily, quarterly, six months, annual, and two years.The Scheduled Maintenance Procedures Sectionand the Maintenance Inspection Report have beendivided into five subsections—A, B, C, D and E.Use the following chart to determine whichgroup(s) of procedures are required to perform ascheduled inspection.
Inspection Checklist
Daily or every 8 hours A
Quarterly or every 250 hours A + B
Six months or every 500 hours A + B + C
Annual or every 1000 hours A + B + C + D
Two years or every 2000 hours A + B + C + D + E
Maintenance Inspection Report
The maintenance inspection report containschecklists for each type of scheduled inspection.
Make copies of the Maintenance Inspection Reportto use for each inspection. Store completed formsfor three years.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 3
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Genie Industries USA18340 NE 76th StreetPO Box 97030Redmond, WA 98073-9730(425) 881-1800
Copyright © 2002 by Genie Industries. Genie® is a registered trademark of Genie Industries.Rev B
Genie UKThe Maltings, Wharf Road
Grantham, LincolnshireNG31- 6BH England
(44) 1476-584333
Pre-DeliverPre-DeliverPre-DeliverPre-DeliverPre-Delivery Preparationy Preparationy Preparationy Preparationy Preparation
Pre-Delivery Preparation Y N R
Pre-operation inspection completed
Maintenance items completed
Function tests completed
Model
Serial number
Date
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Instructions
Use the operator’s manual on your machine.
The Pre-delivery Preparation consists of completing thePre-operation Inspection, the Maintenance items and theFunction Tests.
Use this form to record the results. Place a check in theappropriate box after each part is completed. Follow theinstructions in the operator’s manual.
If any inspection receives an N, remove the machine fromservice, repair and re-inspect it. After repair, place a checkin the R box.
LegendY = yes, completedN = no, unable to completeR = repaired
Comments
Fundamentals
It is the responsibility of the dealer to perform thePre-delivery Preparation.
The Pre-delivery Preparation is performed prior to eachdelivery. The inspection is designed to discover if anythingis apparently wrong with a machine before it is put intoservice.
A damaged or modified machine must never be used. Ifdamage or any variation from factory delivered condition isdiscovered, the machine must be tagged and removedfrom service.
Repairs to the machine may only be made by a qualifiedservice technician, according to the manufacturer'sspecifications.
Scheduled maintenance inspections shall be performed byqualified service technicians, according to themanufacturer's specifications and the requirements listedin the responsibilities manual.
3 - 4 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
This page intentionally left blank.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 5
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Checklist A - Rev A Y N R
A-1 Manuals and decals
A-2 Pre-operationinspection
A-3 Function tests
A-4 Engine maintenance
Perform after 40 hours:
A-5 30 Day Service
Perform after 50 hours:
A-6 Engine maintenance
Perform every 50 hours:
A-7 Engine maintenance
Perform every 100 hours:
A-8 Grease rotation bearing
A-9 Engine maintenance
A-10 Fuel filter/waterseparator
Perform every 200 hours:
A-11 Engine maintenance
Instructions· Make copies of this report to use for
each inspection.
· Select the appropriate checklist(s) forthe type of inspection to beperformed.
Daily or 8 hourInspection: A
Quarterly or 250 hourInspection: A+B
Six Month or 500 hourInspection: A+B+C
Annual or 1000 hoursInspection: A+B+C+D
2 Year or 2000 hourInspection: A+B+C+D+E
· Place a check in the appropriate boxafter each inspection procedure iscompleted.
· Use the step-by-step procedures inthis section to learn how to performthese inspections.
· If any inspection receives an “N”, tagand remove the machine from service,repair and re-inspect it. After repair,place a check in the “R” box.
LegendY = yes, acceptableN = no, remove from serviceR = repaired
Model
Serial number
Date
Hour meter
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Checklist B - Rev A Y N R
B-1 Engine choke -Gasoline/LPG models
B-2 Exhaust system
B-3 Battery
B-4 Electrical wiring
B-5 Tires, wheels and lugnut torque
B-6 Brake configuration
B-7 Drive hub oil level
B-8 Glow plugs -Diesel models
B-9 Engine RPM
B-10 Ground control override
B-11 Platform self leveling
B-12 Engine idle select
B-13 Fuel select -Gasoline/LPG models
B-14 Drive brakes
B-15 Drive speed - stowed
B-16 Drive speed - raisedor extended
B-17 Fuel and hydraulictank cap venting
B-18 Hydraulic oil analysis
B-19 Alarm and beacon
B-20 Replace fuel filter/separator -Diesel models
Perform every 400 hours:
B-21 Engine maintenance -Diesel models
Maintenance Inspection Report
Comments
3 - 6 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
Checklist C - Rev A Y N R
C-1 Clean fuel tank -Diesel models
C-2 Engine maintenance -Diesel models
Perform every 800 hours:
C-3 Engine maintenance -Diesel models
Checklist D - Rev A Y N R
D-1 Boom wear pads
D-2 Free-wheelconfiguration
D-3 Drive hub oil
D-4 Replace hydraulic filters
D-5 Turntable rotation bolts
D-6 Turntable bearingwear
D-7 Engine maintenance
Checklist E - Rev A Y N R
E-1 Replace hydraulic oil
E-2 Grease wheel bearings
E-3 Engine maintenance
MAINTENANCE INSPECTION REPORT
Instructions· Make copies of this report to use for
each inspection.
· Select the appropriate checklist(s) forthe type of inspection to beperformed.
Daily or 8 hourInspection: A
Quarterly or 250 hourInspection: A+B
Six Month or 500 hourInspection: A+B+C
Annual or 1000 hoursInspection: A+B+C+D
2 Year or 2000 hourInspection: A+B+C+D+E
· Place a check in the appropriate boxafter each inspection procedure iscompleted.
· Use the step-by-step procedures inthis section to learn how to performthese inspections.
· If any inspection receives an “N”, tagand remove the machine from service,repair and re-inspect it. After repair,place a check in the “R” box.
LegendY = yes, acceptableN = no, remove from serviceR = repaired
Model
Serial number
Date
Hour meter
Machine owner
Inspected by (print)
Inspector signature
Inspector title
Inspector company
Comments
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 7
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
A-1Inspect the Manuals and Decals
Genie specifications require thatthis procedure be performed dailyor every 8 hours, whichevercomes first.
Maintaining the operator’s and safety manuals ingood condition is essential to safe machineoperation. Manuals are included with eachmachine and should be stored in the containerprovided in the platform. An illegible or missingmanual will not provide safety and operationalinformation necessary for a safe operatingcondition.
In addition, maintaining all of the safety andinstructional decals in good condition is mandatoryfor safe machine operation. Decals alert operatorsand personnel to the many possible hazardsassociated with using this machine. They alsoprovide users with operation and maintenanceinformation. An illegible decal will fail to alertpersonnel of a procedure or hazard and couldresult in unsafe operating conditions.
1 Check to make sure that the operator's andsafety manuals are present and complete in thestorage container on the platform.
2 Examine the pages of each manual to be surethat they are legible and in good condition.
Result: The operator's manual is appropriate forthe machine and all manuals are legible and ingood condition.
Result: The operator's manual is notappropriate for the machine or all manuals arenot in good condition or are illegible. Removethe machine from service until the manual isreplaced.
3 Open the operator's manual to the decalsinspection section. Carefully and thoroughlyinspect all decals on the machine for legibilityand damage.
Result: The machine is equipped with allrequired decals, and all decals are legible andin good condition.
Result: The machine is not equipped with allrequired decals, or one or more decals areillegible or in poor condition. Remove themachine from service until the decals arereplaced.
4 Always return the manuals to the storagecontainer after use.
Contact your authorized Geniedistributor or Genie Industries ifreplacement manuals or decalsare needed.
Checklist A Procedures
3 - 8 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
A-2Perform Pre-operation Inspection
Genie specifications require thatthis procedure be performed dailyor every 8 hours, whichevercomes first.
Completing a pre-operation inspection is essentialto safe machine operation. The pre-operationinspection is a visual inspection performed by theoperator prior to each work shift. The inspection isdesigned to discover if anything is apparentlywrong with a machine before the operator performsthe function tests. The pre-operation inspectionalso serves to determine if routine maintenanceprocedures are required.
Complete information on how to perform thisprocedure is available in the appropriateGenie Z-34/22 IC Operator's Manual on yourmachine.
A-3Perform Function Tests
Genie specifications require thatthis procedure be performed dailyor every 8 hours, whichevercomes first.
Completing the function tests is essential to safemachine operation. Function tests are designed todiscover any malfunctions before the machine isput into service. A malfunctioning machine mustnever be used. If malfunctions are discovered, themachine must be tagged and removed fromservice.
Complete information on how to perform thisprocedure is available in the appropriateGenie Z-34/22 IC Operator's Manual on yourmachine.
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 9
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
A-4Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every8 hours or daily, whichever comesfirst.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota DF750 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG261-8916-1) OR theKubota DF752 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG601-8916-1) OR theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5).
Kubota DF750 Operator's ManualGenie part number 97359
Kubota DF752 Operator's ManualGenie part number 84250
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
A-5Perform 30 Day ServiceThe 30 day maintenance procedure is a onetimesequence of procedures to be performed after thefirst 30 days or 40 hours of usage. After thisinterval, refer to the maintenance tables forcontinued scheduled maintenance.
1 Perform the following maintenance procedures:· A-11 Perform Engine Maintenance
· B-5 Inspect Tires, Wheels andLug Nut Torque
· D-4 Replace the Hydraulic Filters
· D-5 Check the Turnable Rotation BearingBolts
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
3 - 10 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
A-6Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require thatthis one time procedure beperformed after the first 50 hoursof operation.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5) OR theKubota DF750 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG261-8916-1) OR theKubota DF752 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG601-8916-1).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
Kubota DF750 Operator's ManualGenie part number 97359
Kubota DF752 Operator's ManualGenie part number 84250
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-7Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every50 hours or weekly, whichevercomes first.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5) OR theKubota DF750 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG261-8916-1) OR theKubota DF752 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG601-8916-1).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
Kubota DF750 Operator's ManualGenie part number 97359
Kubota DF752 Operator's ManualGenie part number 84250
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 11
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
A-8Grease the Turntable RotationBearing and Worm Drive Gear
Genie specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every100 hours.
Yearly application of lubrication to the turntablebearing and worm drive gear is essential to goodmachine performance and service life. Continueduse of an improperly greased gear will result incomponent damage.
1 Raise the secondary boom and place a safetychock on the secondary boom lift cylinder.Carefully lower the boom onto the lift cylindersafety chock.
Crushing hazard. Keep handsaway from the cylinder and allmoving parts when lowering thesecondary boom.
The lift cylinder safety chock isavailable through Genie ServiceParts (part number 36555).
2 Locate the grease fitting on the inside of thebearing in the middle of the turntable.
3 Pump grease into the turntable rotation bearing.
Rotate the turntable in increments of 4 to 5inches / 10 to 13 cm at a time and repeat thisstep until the entire bearing has been greased.
4 Remove the safety chock. Lower the boom tothe stowed position.
5 Locate the grease fitting on the worm drivehousing.
a grease fitting
6 Pump grease into the gear until you see itcoming out of the side of the gear housing.
7 Grease each tooth on the outside of theturntable rotation bearing.
Grease Specification
Chevron Ultra-duty grease, EP NLGI 2 (lithium based)or equivalent
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
a
3 - 12 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
A-9Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every100 hours.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5) OR theKubota DF750 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG261-8916-1) OR theKubota DF752 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG601-8916-1).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
Kubota DF750 Operator's ManualGenie part number 97359
Kubota DF752 Operator's ManualGenie part number 84250
A-10Drain the Fuel Filter/ WaterSeparator - Diesel Models
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every100 hours. Poor fuel quality orvery wet conditions maynecessitate performing thisprocedure more often.
Proper maintenance of the fuel filter/waterseparator is essential for good engineperformance. Failure to perform this procedure canlead to poor engine performance and componentdamage.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Perform thisprocedure in an open, well-ventilated area away from heaters,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have anapproved fire extinguisher withineasy reach.
Perform this procedure with theengine off.
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 13
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
1 Locate the fuel filter/water separator and loosenthe vent plug located on the fuel filter/waterseparator head.
2 Loosen the drain plug located at the bottom ofthe bowl. Allow the water to drain into a suitablecontainer until fuel starts to come out.Immediately tighten the drain plug.
a head boltb vent plugc separator headd filter bowle drain plug
3 Tighten the vent plug and clean up any spills orwet surfaces.
If the fuel bowl is completelydrained, you must prime, or bleed,the fuel filter/water separatorbefore starting the engine. See
a
c
b
d
e
CHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
step 5.
4 Start the engine from the ground controls andcheck the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.
Bleed the fuel system:
Before bleeding the system, fill thefuel tank.
5 Loosen the vent plug/screw located on the filterhead.
6 Operate the hand primer until fuel, free of air,flows from the vent plug/screw. Tighten the ventplug/screw on the filter head.
7 Loosen the vent screw, located on top of thefuel injection pump.
8 Operate the hand primer until fuel, free of air,flows from the vent plug/screw. Tighten the ventplug/screw on the injection pump.
9 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
10 Attempt to start the engine using the startermotor for a maximum of 15 seconds, resting thestarter for 30 seconds before trying again.
11 Inspect the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.
Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuelleak is discovered, keep anyadditional personnel from enteringthe area and do not operate themachine. Repair the leakimmediately.
Information to perform thisprocedure is also available inthe Kubota D905 Operator'sManual (Kubota part number16622-8916-5).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
3 - 14 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST A PROCEDURES
A-11Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every200 hours.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5) OR theKubota DF750 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG261-8916-1) OR theKubota DF752 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG601-8916-1).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
Kubota DF750 Operator's ManualGenie part number 97359
Kubota DF752 Operator's ManualGenie part number 84250
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 15
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
a b
d c b
B-1Check the Engine Choke -Gasoline/LPG Models
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
A properly functioning choke is essential to goodengine performance. An improperly functioningchoke will result in difficulty with engine starting.
The manual choke is solenoidoperated and is only operational inthe gasoline mode. This choke willnot operate in propane mode.
1 Check the choke linkage connections.
a carburetorb linkagec linkage lock nutsd choke solenoid
2 Turn the key switch to ground control and thenpull out the ground control red Emergency Stopbutton to the on position.
3 While operating the choke switch, inspect thechoke solenoid.
Result: The choke solenoid should be fullyretracted when the choke switch is activated.
4 Turn the key switch to platform control.
5 Pull out the platform control red EmergencyStop button to the on position and then operatethe choke switch and listen for choke solenoidoperation.
Checklist B Procedures
3 - 16 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-2Check the Exhaust System
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the exhaust system is essential togood engine performance and service life. Runningthe engine with a damaged or leaking exhaustsystem can cause component damage and unsafeoperating conditions.
Bodily injury hazard. Do notinspect while the engine isrunning. Remove the key tosecure from operation.
Bodily injury hazard. Beware ofhot engine components. Contactwith hot engine components maycause severe burns.
1 Pull up on the pull pin on the engine pivot platelocated under the pump. Swing the engine pivotplate away from the machine to access theexhaust system.
2 Be sure that all nuts and bolts are tight.
3 Inspect all welds for cracks.
4 Inspect for exhaust leaks; i.e., carbon builduparound seams and joints.
B-3Inspect the Battery
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper battery condition is essential to goodmachine performance and operational safety.Improper fluid levels or damaged cables andconnections can result in component damage andhazardous conditions.
Electrocution hazard. Contact withhot or live circuits could result indeath or serious injury. Remove allrings, watches and other jewelry.
Bodily injury hazard. Batteriescontain acid. Avoid spilling orcontacting battery acid. Neutralizebattery acid spills with baking sodaand water.
1 Put on protective clothing and eye wear.
2 Be sure that the battery cable connections arefree of corrosion.
Adding terminal protectors and acorrosion preventative sealant willhelp eliminate corrosion on thebattery terminals and cables.
3 Be sure that the battery retainer and cableconnections are tight.
4 Fully charge the battery. Allow the battery torest 24 hours before continuing this procedureto allow the battery cells to equalize.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 17
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
5 Remove the battery vent caps and check thespecific gravity of each battery cell with ahydrometer. Note the results.
6 Check the ambient air temperature and adjustthe specific gravity reading for each cell asfollows:
• Add 0.004 to the reading of each cell forevery 10° F / -12.2° C above 80° F / 26.7° C.
• Subtract 0.004 from the reading of each cell forevery 10° F / -12.2° C below 80° F / 26.7° C.
Result: All battery cells display an adjustedspecific gravity of 1.277 or higher. The batteryis fully charged. Proceed to step 10.
Result: One or more battery cells display aspecific gravity of 1.217 or below. Proceed tostep 7.
7 Perform an equalizing charge OR fully chargethe battery and allow the battery to rest at least6 hours.
8 Remove the battery vent caps and check thespecific gravity of each battery cell with ahydrometer. Note the results.
9 Check the ambient air temperature and adjustthe specific gravity reading for each cell asfollows:
• Add 0.004 to the reading of each cell forevery 10° F / -12.2° C above 80° F / 26.7° C.
• Subtract 0.004 from the reading of each cell forevery 10° F / -12.2° C below 80° F / 26.7° C.
Result: All battery cells display a specificgravity of 1.277 or greater. The battery is fullycharged. Proceed to step 10.
Result: The difference in specific gravityreadings between cells is greater than 0.1 ORthe specific gravity of one or more cells is lessthan 1.217. Replace the battery.
10 Check the battery acid level. If needed,replenish with distilled water to 1/8 inch / 3 mmbelow the bottom of the battery fill tube. Do notoverfill.
11 Install the vent caps and neutralize anyelectrolyte that may have spilled.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
3 - 18 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-5Inspect the Tires, Wheels andLug Nut Torque
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the tires and wheels, including properwheel fastener torque, is essential to safeoperation and good performance. Tire and/orwheel failure could result in a machine tip-over.Component damage may also result if problemsare not discovered and repaired in a timely fashion.
Bodily injury hazard. An over-inflated tire can explode and couldcause death or serious injury.
Tip-over hazard. Do not usetemporary flat tire repair products.
The tires on some machines arefoam-filled and do not need airadded to them.
1 Check all tire treads and sidewalls for cuts,cracks, punctures and unusual wear.
2 Check each wheel for damage, bends andcracked welds.
3 Check each lug nut for proper torque.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
4 Check the pressure in each air-filled tire.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
B-4Inspect the Electrical Wiring
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining electrical wiring in good condition isessential to safe operation and good machineperformance. Failure to find and replace burnt,chafed, corroded or pinched wires could result inunsafe operating conditions and may causecomponent damage.
Electrocution hazard. Contactwith hot or live circuits maycause death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
1 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed,corroded and loose wires:
· Engine compartment electrical panel
· Engine wiring harness
· Inside of the ground control box
· Turntable manifold wiring
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 Raise the secondary boom until the mid-pivot is10 feet / 3 m off the ground.
4 Inspect the turntable center area for burnt,chafed and pinched cables.
5 Lower the boom to the stowed position and turnthe engine off.
6 Inspect the following areas for burnt, chafed,corroded, pinched and loose wires:
· Cable track on the primary, jib andsecondary booms
· Jib boom to platform cable harness
· Inside of the platform control box
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 19
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
B-6Confirm the ProperBrake Configuration
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper brake configuration is essential to safeoperation and good machine performance.Hydraulically-released, spring-applied individualwheel brakes can appear to operate normally whenthey are actually not fully operational.
1 Check each torque hub disconnect cap to besure it is in the engaged position.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-7Check the Oil Level in theDrive Hubs
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Failure to maintain proper drive hub oil levels maycause the machine to perform poorly andcontinued use may cause component damage.
1 Drive the machine to rotate the hub until theplugs are located one on top and the other at90 degrees.
Models with pipe plugs
Models with O-ring plugs
brake disengaged position
brake engaged position
plugs
plugs
3 - 20 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
2 Remove the plug located at 90 degrees andcheck the oil level.
Result: The oil level should be even with thebottom of the plug hole.
3 If necessary, remove the top plug and add oiluntil the oil level is even with the bottom of theside plug hole.
4 Apply pipe thread sealant to the plugs, theninstall the plugs into the hub.
5 Repeat this procedure for each torque hub.
B-8Check the Glow Plugs -Diesel Models
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the glow plugs in good condition isessential to good engine performance and servicelife. Improperly functioning glow plugs will causethe engine to perform poorly and may result incomponent damage.
Perform this procedure with theengine turned off.
1 Connect the leads from an ohmmeter betweenthe far left glow plug and machine ground.
Result: The resistance should be approximately1.0Ω.
2 If the ohm reading is different than 1.0Ω,remove the wire and connector plate from thethree individual glow plugs. Then, one glowplug at a time, check the resistance betweenthe glow plug and machine ground.
Result: The resistance should be approximately1.8Ω for each individual glow plug.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition.
4 Connect the red (+) lead from a volt meterto the number three glow plug. Connect theblack (-) lead to ground.
5 Hold the glow plug switch in the on position.
Result: The volt meter should read 12V DC.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 21
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-9Check and Adjust theEngine RPM
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the engine rpm at the proper setting forboth low and high idle is essential to good engineperformance and service life. The machine will notoperate properly if the rpm is incorrect andcontinued use may cause component damage.
Gasoline/LPG Models:
Perform this procedure in gasolinemode with the engine at normaloperating temperature.
1 Connect an rpm gauge to the engine, then startthe engine from the ground controls.
Result: Low idle should be 1600 rpm.
Skip to step 3 if the low idle rpm is correct.
2 Turn the low idle adjustment screw on thecarburetor clockwise to increase rpm orcounterclockwise to decrease rpm.
Gasoline/LPG idle adjustmentsa solenoid bootb high idle adjustment nutc spring lock nutd low idle adjustmente carburetor
3 Move the engine idle control switch to high idle(rabbit symbol) from the ground controls.
Result: High idle should be 3000 rpm.
If high idle rpm is correct, disregardadjustment steps 4 through 6.
4 Loosen the spring lock nut.
5 Turn the high idle adjustment nut and springlock nut clockwise to increase the rpm orcounterclockwise to decrease the rpm.
6 Tighten the spring lock nut. Then recheck therpm.
a b c d e
3 - 22 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
B-10Test the Ground Control Override
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
A properly functioning ground control override isessential to safe machine operation. The groundcontrol override function is intended to allowground personnel to operate the machine from theground controls whether or not the red EmergencyStop button on the platform controls is in the on oroff position. This function is particularly useful if theoperator at the platform controls cannot return theboom to the stowed position.
1 Push in the platform red Emergency Stopbutton to the off position.
2 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition.
3 Start the engine from the ground controls andoperate each boom function through apartial cycle at the ground controls.
Result: All boom functions should operate.
Diesel models:
1 Connect an rpm gauge to the engine, and thenstart the engine from the ground controls.
Result: Low idle should be 1300 rpm.
Skip to step 3 if the low idle rpm is correct.
2 Loosen the lock nut, then turn the low idleadjustment screw clockwise to increase the rpmor counterclockwise to decrease the rpm.Tighten the lock nut and recheck the rpm.
Diesel idle adjustmentsa lock nutb high idle adjustment nutc low idle adjustment screwd rpm solenoid
3 Move the engine idle control switch to high idle(rabbit symbol) from the ground controls.
Result: High idle should be 3000 rpm.
If high idle rpm is correct, disregardadjustment step 4.
4 Loosen the lock nut on the solenoid, then turnthe solenoid boot counterclockwise to increasethe rpm or clockwise to decrease the rpm.Tighten the lock nut and recheck the rpm.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
d b
c
a
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 23
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
B-11Test the Platform Self-leveling
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Automatic platform self-leveling throughoutthe full cycle of boom raising and lowering isessential for safe machine operation. Theplatform is maintained at level by the platformleveling slave cylinder which is controlled by themaster cylinder located at the base of the primaryboom. A platform self-leveling failure creates anunsafe working condition.
1 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition.
2 Lower the boom to the stowed position.
3 Adjust the platform to a level position using theplatform leveling switch.
4 Raise and lower the primary boom througha full cycle.
Result: The platform should remain level atall times to within ±5 degrees.
B-12Test the Engine Idle Select
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
A properly operating engine idle select switchis essential to good engine performance and safemachine operation. There are three settings.
Low idle (turtle symbol) allows the operator tocontrol individual boom functions and to drive themachine at a reduced speed.
High idle (rabbit symbol) allows the operatorto control multiple boom and/or drive functionssimultaneously. This setting maintains aconsistent high idle.
Foot switch activated high idle (rabbit and footswitch symbols) should be used for normalmachine operation. This selection activates highidle only when the foot switch is pressed down.
1 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls. Thenmove the engine idle control switch to high idle(rabbit symbol) and hold in the ON position.
Result: The engine should change to high idle.
3 Release the engine idle control switch.
Result: The engine should return to low idle.
4 Turn the key switch to platform controls.
5 At the platform controls, move the engine idlecontrol switch to high idle (rabbit symbol).
Result: The engine should change to high idle.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
3 - 24 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
B-13Test the Fuel Select Operation -Gasoline/LPG Models
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
The ability to select and switch betweengasoline and LPG fuels as needed is essential tosafe machine operation. A fuel selection can bemade when the engine is running or not.Switching malfunctions and/or the failure of theengine to start and run properly in both fuelmodes and through all idle speeds can indicatefuel system problems that could develop into ahazardous situation.
Perform this test after checkingthe gasoline and LPG fuel levels,and warming the engine to normaloperating temperature.
1 Move the fuel select switch to gasoline and thenmove the engine idle control switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switchsymbol).
2 Start the engine from the platform controls andallow it to run at low idle.
3 Press down the foot switch to allow the engineto run at high idle.
Result: The engine should start promptly andoperate smoothly in low and high idle.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
6 Move the engine idle control switch to low idle(turtle symbol).
Result: The engine should change to low idle.
7 Move the engine idle control switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switchsymbol).
Result: The engine should not change tohigh idle.
8 Press down the foot switch.
Result: The engine should change to high idle.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 25
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
4 Release the foot switch and stop the engine.
5 Move the fuel select switch to LPG.
6 Restart the engine and allow it to run atlow idle.
7 Press down the foot switch to allow the engineto run at high idle.
Result: The engine should start promptly andoperate smoothly in low and high idle.
The engine may hesitatemomentarily and then continueto run on the selected fuel if thefuel source is switched whilethe engine is running.
B-14Test the Drive Brakes
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper brake action is essential to safe machineoperation. The drive brake function should operatesmoothly, free of hesitation, jerking and unusualnoise. Hydrostatic brakes and hydraulically-released individual wheel brakes can appear tooperate normally when not fully operational.
Bodily injury hazard. Be sure thatthe machine is not in free-wheel orpartial free-wheel configuration.See B-6, Confirm the ProperBrake Configuration.
Select a test area that is firm, leveland free of obstructions.
1 Mark a test line on the ground for reference.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Select high range drive (machine on levelsurface symbol).
4 Move the engine idle control switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and footswitch).
5 Lower the boom into the stowed position.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
3 - 26 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
6 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contactpatch of a tire, as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the test line.
7 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the test line. Release the drive joystickwhen your reference point on the machinecrosses the test line.
8 Measure the distance between the test line andyour machine reference point.
The brakes must be able to holdthe machine on any slope it is ableto climb.
B-15Test the Drive Speed -Stowed Position
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper drive function movement is essential to safemachine operation. The drive function shouldrespond quickly and smoothly to operator control.Drive performance should also be free ofhesitation, jerking and unusual noise over theentire proportionally controlled speed range.
Select a test area that is firm, leveland free of obstructions.
1 Create start and finish lines by marking twolines on the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Select high range drive (machine on levelsurface symbol).
4 Move the engine idle control switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and footswitch).
5 Lower the boom into the stowed position.
6 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contactpatch of a tire, as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
7 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
8 Continue at full speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point passes over thefinish line.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 27
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
B-16Test the Drive Speed -Raised or Extended Position
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Proper drive function movement is essential tosafe machine operation. The drive function shouldrespond quickly and smoothly to operator control.Drive performance should also be free ofhesitation, jerking and unusual noise over theentire proportionally controlled speed range.
Select a test area that is firm, leveland free of obstructions.
1 Create start and finish lines by marking twolines on the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Move the engine idle select switch to foot switchactivated high idle (rabbit and foot switchsymbol).
4 Press down the foot switch and raise theprimary boom above horizontal.
5 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contactpatch of a tire, as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
6 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
7 Continue at full speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point crosses the finishline.
8 Lower the boom to the stowed position andextend the boom 1 foot / 30 cm.
9 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contactpatch of a tire, as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
10 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
11 Continue at top speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point crosses the finishline.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
3 - 28 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-17Inspect the Fuel and HydraulicTank Cap Venting Systems
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.Perform this procedure more oftenif dusty conditions exist.
Free-breathing fuel and hydraulic tank caps areessential for good machine performance andservice life. A dirty or clogged tank cap may causethe machine to perform poorly and continued usemay cause component damage. Extremely dirtyconditions may require that the caps be inspectedmore often.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Perform thisprocedure in an open, well-ventilated area away from heaters,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have anapproved fire extinguisher withineasy reach.
1 Remove the cap from the fuel tank.
2 Check for proper venting.
Result: Air passes through the fuel tank cap.Proceed to step 4.
Result: If air does not pass through the cap,clean or replace the cap. Proceed to step 3.
When checking for positive tankcap venting, air should pass freelythrough the cap.
3 Using a mild solvent, carefully wash the capventing system. Dry using low pressurecompressed air. Repeat this procedurebeginning with step 2.
4 Install the fuel tank cap onto the fuel tank.
5 Remove the breather cap from the hydraulictank.
6 Check for proper venting.
Result: Air passes through the fuel tank cap.Proceed to step 8.
Result: If air does not pass through the cap,clean or replace the cap. Proceed to step 7.
Note: When checking for positive tank cap venting,air should pass freely through the cap.
7 Using a mild solvent, carefully wash the capventing system. Dry using low pressurecompressed air. Repeat this procedurebeginning with step 6.
8 Install the breather cap onto the hydraulic tank.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 29
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
B-18Perform Hydraulic Oil Analysis
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil isessential for good machine performance andservice life. Dirty oil and a clogged suction strainermay cause the machine to perform poorly andcontinued use may cause component damage.Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changesto be performed more often.
Before replacing the hydraulic oil,the oil may be tested by an oildistributor for specific levels ofcontamination to verify thatchanging the oil is necessary.If the hydraulic oil is notreplaced at the two yearinspection, test the oil quarterly.Replace the oil when it fails thetest. See E-1, Test or Replace theHydraulic Oil.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-19Test the Alarm Package(if equipped)
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 250 hours orquarterly, whichever comes first.
The alarm package includes:
· Travel alarm
· Descent alarm
· Flashing beacon
Alarms and a beacon are installed to alertoperators and ground personnel of machineproximity and motion. The alarm package isinstalled on the ground controls side turntablecover.
The alarms and beacon willoperate with the enginerunning or not running.
1 At the ground controls, pull out the redEmergency Stop button to the on position andturn the key switch to ground control.
Result: The flashing beacon should be on andflashing.
2 Move the primary boom switch to the downposition, hold for a moment and then releaseit. Move the secondary boom switch to thedown position, hold for a moment and thenrelease it.
Result: The descent alarm should sound wheneach switch is held down.
3 Turn the key switch to platform control.
3 - 30 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
4 At the platform controls pull out the redEmergency Stop button to the on position.
Result: The flashing beacon should be onand flashing.
5 Press down the foot switch. Move the primaryboom switch to the down position, hold for amoment and then release it. Move thesecondary boom switch to the down position,hold for a moment and then release it.
Result: The descent alarm should sound wheneach control switch is held down.
6 Press down the foot switch. Move the drivecontrol handle off center, hold for a momentand then release it. Move the drive controlhandle off center in the opposite direction, holdfor a moment and then release it.
Result: The travel alarm should sound when thedrive control handle is moved off center ineither direction.
B-20Replace the Diesel Fuel Filter/Water Separator Element -Diesel Models
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every400 hours.
Replacing the diesel fuel filter is essential to goodengine performance and service life. A dirty orclogged filter may cause the engine to performpoorly and continued use may cause componentdamage. Extremely dirty conditions may requirethat the filter be replaced more often.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Replace thefuel filter in an open, well-ventilated area away from heater,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have anapproved fire extinguisher withineasy reach.
Perform this procedure with theengine off.
1 Locate the fuel filter/water separator and loosenthe vent plug located on the fuel filter/waterseparator head.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 31
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
a head boltb vent plugc seperator headd filter bowle drain plug
2 Place a container under the filter bowl. Loosenthe drain plug located at the bottom of the bowl.Completely drain the fuel.
3 Loosen the head bolt then rotate the filter bowlcounterclockwise and remove it.
4 Remove the filter element from the bowl.
5 Apply a thin layer of oil to the bowl gasket andthen install the new filter element onto the bowl.
6 Tighten the drain plug and fill the bowl and filterassembly with clean diesel fuel.
7 Install the filter and bowl assembly onto the filterhead. Torque the head bolt to 65 in lbs / 7 Nm.
8 Tighten the vent plug.
9 Clean up any diesel fuel that may have spilledduring the installation procedure.
CHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
a
c
b
d
e
Bleed the fuel system:
Before bleeding the system, fill thefuel tank.
10 Loosen the vent plug/screw located on the filterhead.
11 Operate the hand primer until fuel, free of air,flows from the vent plug/screw. Tighten the ventplug/screw on the filter head.
12 Loosen the vent screw, located on top of thefuel injection pump.
13 Operate the hand primer until fuel, free of air,flows from the vent plug/screw. Tighten the ventplug/screw on the injection pump.
14 Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
15 Attempt to start the engine using the startermotor for a maximum of 15 seconds, resting thestarter for 30 seconds before trying again.
16 Inspect the fuel filter/water separator for leaks.
Explosion and fire hazard. If a fuelleak is discovered, keep anyadditional personnel from enteringthe area and do not operate themachine. Repair the leakimmediately.
Information to perform thisprocedure is also available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number16622-8916-5).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
3 - 32 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST B PROCEDURES
B-21Perform Engine Maintenance -Kubota D905 Models
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every400 hours.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 33
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV AChecklist C Procedures
C-1Clean the Fuel Tank -Diesel Models
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 500 hours orsix months, whichever comes first.
Removing sediment from the fuel tank is essentialto good engine performance and service life. Adirty fuel tank may cause the fuel filter to clogprematurely resulting in poor engine performanceand possible component damage.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Clean thefuel tank in an open, well-ventilated area away from heater,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have anapproved fire extinguisher withineasy reach.
Immediately clean up any fuel thatmay have spilled during thisprocedure.
1 Models with fuel shutoff valve: Turn themanual fuel shutoff valve, located next to thetank, to the closed position.
2 Using an approved hand-operated pump, drainthe fuel tank into a suitable container. Refer toSection 2, Specifications, for tank capacity.
Explosion and fire hazard. Whentransferring fuel, connect agrounding wire between themachine and pump or container.
Be sure to only use a handoperated pump suitable for usewith gasoline and/or diesel fuel.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the fuel supply andreturn hoses at the tank. Clean up any fuel thatmay have spilled.
4 Models with metal fuel tank: Remove the tankstrap fasteners and remove the straps. Removethe tank from the machine.
Models with plastic fuel tank: Remove thetank retainer plate fasteners at the bulkhead.Remove the tank from the machine.
Component damage hazard. Thefuel tank is plastic and maybecome damaged if allowed to fall.
5 Rinse out the inside of the tank using a mildsolvent.
6 Models with metal fuel tank: Install the tankonto the machine. Install the tank straps andtighten the tank strap retaining fasteners.
Models with plastic fuel tank: Install the tankonto the machine. Install the tank retainer platefasteners at the bulkhead.
7 Install the fuel supply and return hoses to thetank. Tighten the clamps.
8 Models with fuel shutoff valve: Turn themanual fuel shutoff valve, located next to thetank, to the open position.
3 - 34 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
C-2Perform Engine Maintenance -Diesel Models
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every500 hours.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
CHECKLIST C PROCEDURES
C-3Perform Engine Maintenance -Diesel Models
Engine specifications require thatthis procedure be performed every800 hours.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5).
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 35
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
D-1Check the Primary BoomWear Pads
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 1000 hours orannually, whichever comes first.
Maintaining the primary boom wear pads in goodcondition is essential to safe machine operation.Wear pads are placed on boom tube surfaces toprovide a low friction, replaceable wear padbetween moving parts. Improperly shimmed wearpads or continued use of worn out wear pads mayresult in component damage and unsafe operatingconditions.
1 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition.
2 Extend the primary boom approximately10 inches / 25 cm.
3 Measure each wear pad. Replace the wear padif it is less than 0.41 inch / 1 cm thick. If thewear pad is more than 0.41 inch / 1 cm thick,shim as necessary to obtain zero clearance andzero drag.
4 Extend and retract the primary boom throughthe entire range of motion to check for tightspots that could cause binding or scraping.
Always maintain squarenessbetween the primary boom outerand inner tubes.
D-2Check the Free-wheelConfiguration
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 1000 hours orannually, whichever comes first.
Proper use of the free-wheel configuration isessential to safe machine operation. Thefree-wheel configuration is used primarily fortowing. A machine configured to free-wheel withoutoperator knowledge may cause death or seriousinjury and property damage.
Collision hazard. Select a worksite that is firm and level.
1 Chock the steer wheels to prevent the machinefrom rolling.
2 Center a lifting jack of ample capacity(15000 lbs / 7000 kg) under the drive chassisbetween the non-steering wheels.
3 Lift the wheels off the ground and then placejack stands under the drive chassis for support.
4 Disengage the torque hubs by turning over thetorque hub disconnect caps on eachnon-steering wheel hub.
Checklist D Procedures
brake disengaged position
brake engaged position
3 - 36 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
5 Manually rotate each non-steering wheel.
Result: Each non-steering wheel should rotatewith minimum effort.
6 Re-engage the torque hubs by turning overthe hub disconnect caps. Carefully removethe jack stands, lower the machine andremove the jack.
Collision hazard. Failure tore-engage the torque hubs maycause death or serious injury andproperty damage.
D-3Replace the Drive Hub Oil
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 1000 hours orannually, whichever comes first.
Replacing the torque hub oil is essential for goodmachine performance and service life. Failure toreplace the torque hub oil at yearly intervals maycause the machine to perform poorly andcontinued use may cause component damage.
1 Select the drive torque hub to be serviced.Drive the machine to rotate the hub until theplugs are located one on top and the other at90 degrees.
Models with pipe plugs
Models with O-ring plugs
plugs
plugs
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 37
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
2 Remove both plugs and drain the oil.
3 Drive the machine until one plug is at the topand the other is at 90 degrees.
4 Fill the hub with oil from the top hole until the oillevel is even with the bottom of the side hole.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
5 Models with pipe plugs: Apply pipe threadsealant to the plugs. Install the plugs into thedrive hub.
Models with O-ring plugs: Install the plugsinto the drive hub.
6 Repeat this procedure for each torque hub.
D-4Replace the Hydraulic Filters
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 1000 hours orannually, whichever comes first.
Replacement of the hydraulic filters areessential for good machine performance andservice life. A dirty or clogged filter may cause themachine to perform poorly and continued use maycause component damage. Extremely dirtyconditions may require that the filter be replacedmore often.
Hydraulic Return Filter:
Burn hazard. Beware of hot oil.Contact with hot oil may causesevere burns.
The return hydraulic filter ismounted on the hydraulic tank.
1 Clean the area around the oil filter, then removethe filter with an oil filter wrench.
2 Apply a thin layer of oil to the new oil filtergasket.
3 Install the new filter and tighten it securely byhand. Clean up any oil that may have spilled.
3 - 38 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
Hydraulic Suction Filter(before serial number 1547):
Burn hazard. Beware of hot oil.Contact with hot oil may causesevere burns.
The suction hydraulic filter ismounted in the enginecompartment.
4 Close the shut off valve behind the filter.
5 Clean the area around the oil filter, then removethe filter with an oil filter wrench.
6 Apply a thin layer of oil to the new oil filtergasket.
7 Install the new filter and tighten it securely byhand. Clean up any oil that may have spilled.
8 Start the engine from the ground contols.
9 Activate any boom function and inspect thefilters and related components to be sure thatthere are no leaks.
10 Use a permanent ink marker to write the dateand number of hours from the hour meter onthe filters.
Medium pressure filter(after serial number 1546):
Burn hazard. Beware of hot oil.Contact with hot oil may causesevere burns.
The medium pressure filter ismounted in the enginecompartment.
4 Place a suitable container under the mediumpressure filter.
5 Remove the filter housing by using a wrench onthe nut provided on the bottom of the housing.
6 Remove the filter element from the housing.
7 Inspect the housing seal and replace it ifnecessary.
8 Install the new filter element into the housingand tighten securely.
9 Clean up any oil that may have spilled duringthe installation procecure.
10 Start the engine from the ground contols.
11 Activate any boom function and inspect thefilters and related components to be sure thatthere are no leaks.
12 Use a permanent ink marker to write the dateand number of hours from the hour meter onthe filters.
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 39
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
D-5Check the Turntable RotationBearing Bolts
Maintaining proper torque on the turntable bearingbolts is essential to safe machine operation.Improper bolt torque could result in an unsafeoperating condition and component damage.
1 Raise the secondary boom and place a safetychock on the secondary boom lift cylinder.Carefully lower the boom onto the lift cylindersafety chock. Turn the machine off.
Crushing hazard. Keep handsaway from the cylinder and allmoving parts when lowering thesecondary boom.
The lift cylinder safety chock isavailable through Genie (partnumber 36555).
2 Check to ensure that each turntable bearingbolt is torqued in specified order to180 ft-lbs / 244 Nm.
Bolt torque sequence
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
3 Remove the safety chock. Lower the boom tothe stowed position.
4 Access the turntable bearing bolts through theaccess hole on the side of the chassis.
5 Check to ensure that each bearing mountingbolt under the drive chassis is torqued inspecified order to 180 ft-lbs / 244 Nm.
Bolt torque sequence
3 - 40 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV ACHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
a
b
c
d
D-6Inspect for Turntable BearingWear
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 1000 hours orannually, whichever comes first.
Periodic inspection of turntable bearing wear isessential to safe machine operation, good machineperformance and service life. Continued use of aworn turntable bearing could create an unsafeoperating condition, resulting in death or seriousinjury and component damage.
1 Grease the turntable bearing. See A-8, Greasethe Turntable Rotation Bearing and Worm DriveGear.
2 Torque the turntable bearing bolts tospecification. See D-5, Check the TurntableRotation Bearing Bolts.
3 Raise the primary and secondary booms to fullheight using the ground controls. Do not extend
the primary boom.
4 Place a dial indicator between the drive chassisand the turntable at a point that is directlyunder, or in line with, the boom and no morethan 1 inch / 2.5 cm from the bearing.
To obtain an accuratemeasurement, place the dialindicator no more than 1 inch / 2.5cm from the turntable rotationbearing.
a turntableb dial indicatorc drive chassisd turntable rotation bearing
5 Adjust the dial indicator to "0".
6 Lower the secondary boom to the stowedposition and lower the primary boom to ahorizontal position. Fully extend the primaryboom.
7 Note the reading on the dial indicator.
Result: The measurement is less than0.055 inch / 1.4 mm. The bearing is good.
Result: The measurement is more than0.055 inch / 1.4 mm. The bearing is worn and
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 41
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
needs to be replaced.
8 Fully retract the primary boom. Raise theprimary and secondary booms to full height.Visually inspect the the dial indicator to be surethe needle returns to the "0" position.
9 Remove the dial indicator and rotate theturntable 90°.
10 Repeat steps 4 through 9 until the rotationbearing has been checked in at least fourequally spaced areas 90° apart.
11 Lower the primary and secondary booms to thestowed position and turn the machine off.
12 Remove the dial indicator from the machine.
CHECKLIST D PROCEDURES
D-7Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications requires thatthis procedure be performed every1000 hours or annually, whichevercomes first.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota DF750 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG261-8916-1) OR theKubota DF752 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG601-8916-1) OR theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5).
Kubota DF750 Operator's ManualGenie part number 97359
Kubota DF752 Operator's ManualGenie part number 84250
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
3 - 42 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
E-1Test or Replace the Hydraulic Oil
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 2000 hours ortwo years, whichever comes first.
Replacement or testing of the hydraulic oil isessential for good machine performance andservice life. Dirty oil and suction strainers maycause the machine to perform poorly andcontinued use may cause component damage.Extremely dirty conditions may require oil changesto be performed more often.
The machine uses Dexronequivalent hydraulic oil. Beforereplacing the hydraulic oil, the oilmay be tested by an oil distributorfor specific levels of contaminationto verify that changing the oil isnecessary. If the hydraulic oilis not replaced at the two yearinspection, test the oil quarterly.Replace the oil when it fails thetest.
Perform this procedure with theboom in the stowed position.
1 Place a suitable container under the hydraulictank. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Checklist E Procedures
2 Close the two hydraulic tank shut-off valves atthe hydraulic tank.
Component damage hazard. Theengine must not be started withthe hydraulic tank shut-off valvesin the closed position orcomponent damage will occur. Ifthe tank valves are closed,remove the key from the keyswitch and tag the machine toinform personnel of the condition.
3 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tankand completely drain the tank into a containerof suitable capacity. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
Bodily injury hazard. Beware ofhot oil. Contact with hot oil maycause severe burns.
4 Tag, disconnect and plug the hoses from thereturn filter. Cap the fittings on the return filter.
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the suction hosesfrom the bottom of the tank. Cap the fittings.
6 Remove the fasteners from the hydraulic tankhold down straps. Remove the straps.
7 Remove the turntable cover using a suitablelifting device.
Crushing hazard. The turntablecover could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedwhen removed from the machine.
open closed
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 43
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
8 Support and secure the hydraulic tank to asuitable lifting device. Remove the hydraulictank from the machine.
9 Remove the suction strainers and clean themusing a mild solvent.
10 Rinse out the inside of the tank using a mildsolvent.
11 Install the suction strainers using a pipe threadsealant on the threads.
12 Install the drain plug into the tank using a pipethread sealant on the threads.
13 Install the hydraulic tank on to the machine.Install the hydraulic tank hold down straps andtighten the retaining fasteners.
14 Fill the tank with hydraulic oil until the fluid untilthe fluid is within the top 2 inches / 5.1 cm ofthe sight gauge. Do not overfill.
15 Open the two hydraulic tank shut-off valves atthe hydraulic tank.
Component damage hazard. Theengine must not be started withthe hydraulic tank shut-off valvesin the closed position orcomponent damage will occur. Ifthe tank valves are closed,remove the key from the keyswitch and tag the machine toinform personnel of the condition.
16 Clean up any oil that may have spilled. Properlydiscard of oil.
17 Start the engine and check for leaks.
E-2Grease the Steer AxleWheel Bearings, 2WD Models
Genie requires that this procedurebe performed every 2000 hours orevery two years, whichever comesfirst.
Maintaining the steer axle wheel bearings isessential for safe machine operation and servicelife. Operating the machine with loose or wornwheel bearings may cause an unsafe operatingcondition and continued use may result incomponent damage. Extremely wet or dirtyconditions or regular steam cleaning and pressurewashing of the machine may require that thisprocedure be performed more often.
1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not removethem.
2 Block the non-steer wheels and center a liftingjack of ample capacity under the steer axle.
3 Raise the machine 6 inches / 15 cm and placeblocks under the drive chassis for support.
Crushing damage. The machinemay fall if not properly supported.
4 Remove the lug nuts. Remove the tire andwheel assembly.
5 Check for wheel bearing wear by attempting tomove the wheel hub side to side, then up anddown.
Result: There should be no side to side or upand down movement.
Skip to step 10 if there is no movement.open closed
3 - 44 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
6 Remove the dust cap from the hub. Remove thecotter pin from the castle nut.
7 Tighten the castle nut to 158 ft-lbs / 214 Nm toseat the bearings.
Rotate the hub by hand whiletorquing the castle nut to makesure the bearings seat properly.
8 Loosen the castle nut one full turn and thentorque to 35 ft-lbs / 47 Nm.
9 Check for wheel bearing wear by attempting tomove the wheel hub side to side, then up anddown.
Result: If there is no side to side or up anddown movement, continue with step 10 togrease the wheel bearings.
Result: If there is side to side or up and downmovement, continue to step 10 and replace thewheel bearings with new ones.
When replacing a wheel bearing,both the inner and outer bearings,including the pressed-in races,must be replaced.
10 Remove the castle nut.
11 Pull the hub off of the spindle. The washer andouter bearing should fall loose from the hub.
12 Place the hub on a flat surface and gently prythe bearing seal out of the hub. Remove therear bearing.
13 Pack both bearings with clean, fresh grease.
14 Place the large inner bearing into the rear of thehub.
15 Install a new bearing grease seal into the hubby pressing it evenly into the hub until it is flush.
Always replace the bearing greaseseal when removing the hub.
16 Slide the hub onto the yoke spindle.
Component damage hazard. Donot apply excessive force ordamage to the lip of the seal mayoccur.
17 Fill the hub cavity with clean, fresh grease.
18 Place the outer bearing into the hub.
19 Install the washer and castle nut.
20 Tighten the castle nut to 158 ft-lbs / 214 Nm toseat the bearings.
Rotate the hub by hand whiletorquing the castle nut to makesure the bearings seat properly.
21 Loosen the castle nut one full turn and thentorque to 35 ft-lbs / 47 Nm.
22 Install a new cotter pin. Bend the cotter pinto lock it in.
Always use a new cotter pin wheninstalling a castle nut.
23 Install the dust cap, then the tire and wheelassembly. Torque the wheel lug nuts tospecification. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 3 - 45
June 2007 Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
REV A
E-3Perform Engine Maintenance
Engine specifications requires thatthis procedure be performed every2000 hours or every two years,whichever comes first.
Required maintenance procedures and additionalengine information is available in theKubota DF750 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG261-8916-1) OR theKubota DF752 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number EG601-8916-1) OR theKubota D905 Operator's Manual(Kubota part number 16622-8916-5).
Kubota DF750 Operator's ManualGenie part number 97359
Kubota DF752 Operator's ManualGenie part number 84250
Kubota D905 Operator's ManualGenie part number 31743
CHECKLIST E PROCEDURES
3 - 46 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 3 • Scheduled Maintenance Procedures
This page intentionally left blank.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 1
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
Repair Procedures
About This SectionMost of the procedures in this section should onlybe performed by a trained service professionalin a suitably equipped workshop. Select theappropriate repair procedure after troubleshootingthe problem.
Perform disassembly procedures to the pointwhere repairs can be completed. To re-assemble,perform the disassembly steps in reverse order.
Symbols Legend
Safety alert symbol—used to alertpersonnel to potential personalinjury hazards. Obey all safetymessages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury or death.
Used to indicate the presence ofan imminently hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, will result indeath or serious injury.
Used to indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin death or serious injury.
With safety alert symbol—used toindicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may causeminor or moderate injury.
Without safety alert symbol—usedto indicate the presence of apotentially hazardous situationwhich, if not avoided, may result inproperty damage.
Used to indicate operation ormaintenance information.
Indicates that a specific result is expected afterperforming a series of steps.
Indicates that an incorrect result has occurredafter performing a series of steps.
Observe and Obey:
Repair procedures shall be completed by aperson trained and qualified on the repair of thismachine.
Immediately tag and remove from service adamaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunctionbefore operating the machine.
Before Repairs Start:
Read, understand and obey the safety rulesand operating instructions in the appropriateGenie Z-34/22 IC Operator's Manual on yourmachine.
Be sure that all necessary tools and parts areavailable and ready for use.
Use only Genie approved replacement parts.
Read each procedure completely and adhere tothe instructions. Attempting shortcuts mayproduce hazardous conditions.
Unless otherwise specified, perform each repairprocedure with the machine in the followingconfiguration:
· Machine parked on a firm, level surface
· Boom in the stowed position
· Turntable rotated with the boom betweenthe non-steer wheels
· Key switch in the off position with the keyremoved
· Wheels chocked
· All exernal AC power disconnected from themachine
4 - 2 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV APlatform Controls
2 Open the control box lid and locate thehorsepower limiter board.
Electrocution hazard. Contact withelectrically charged circuits couldresult in death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
a horsepower limiter board
3 Connect the black(-) lead from a DC volt meterto the no. 2 terminal, and the red(+) lead to theno. 10 terminal.
a "A" potentiometer: maximum voltageoutput to the controller in thestowed position
b "B" potentiometer: maximum voltageoutput to the drive controller in theboom raised position
c "C" potentiometer: reaction rate orhow fast the voltage output reacts tothe change in engine rpm
1-1Horsepower Limiter Board(before serial number 1547)The horsepower limiter board is responsible forgoverning drive pump output. It senses engine rpmfrom the alternator. The horsepower limiter boardsenses drops in rpm normally due to increaseddrive resistance (rough terrain or incline) anddecreases voltage to the drive controller which inturn decreases voltage to the drive pump therebyreducing pump output to maintain optimum enginerpm and horsepower. Three adjustments arerequired for optimum performance.
How to Adjust the HorsepowerLimiter Board
The engine rpm must be correctbefore performing this procedure.Refer to Maintenance ProcedureB-9, Check and Adjust the EngineRPM.
Do not adjust the horsepowerlimiter board unless the staticbattery voltage is above 12V DCand the alternator is operatingproperly with 12.5 to 14.5V DCoutput.
Gasoline/LPG models: Performthis procedure in gasoline mode.
1 Remove the fasteners from the platformcontrol box lid.
a
12V DC or greatergroundengine rpm sensornot usednot usedlow drive speed limit switchnot usednot usednot usedoutput to drive controller
b
a
c
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 3
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A PLATFORM CONTROLS
11 Be sure that the boom is in the stowed position,then drive the machine and observe how theengine rpm reacts to drive control handlemovement. If the engine surges or hunts, adjustthe "C" potentiometer counterclockwise untilsurging is minimized.
Under an extreme load, anexcessive counterclockwiseadjustment to the "C"potentiometer will cause theengine to stall. The "C"potentiometer adjustment is acompromise between enginestability (surging) and enginerpm droop.
12 Disconnect the volt meter.
13 Raise the primary boom above the drive limitswitch.
a drive limit switch
14 Drive the machine for 40 feet / 12 m andrecord the elapsed time. Repeat this step inthe opposite drive direction.
15 Adjust the "B" potentiometer clockwise toincrease voltage or counterclockwise todecrease voltage until raised drive speed meetsspecification. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
16 Close the platform control box lid and installthe fasteners.
4 Start the engine from the platform controls.
5 Move the engine idle control switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switchsymbol).
6 Press down the foot switch and adjust the"A" potentiometer counterclockwise to increasevoltage or clockwise to decrease voltage.
"A" potentiometer specifications - all models
Voltage setting 8.5 V DC
7 Move the engine idle control switch to low idle(turtle symbol).
8 Press down the foot switch and then adjustthe "C" potentiometer counterclockwise toincrease voltage or clockwise to decresevoltage to obtain a 0V DC voltage reading.
9 Move the engine idle control switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and foot switchsymbol). Move the drive select switchto high range (machine on level groundsymbol).
10 Press down the foot switch and re-adjust the"A" potentiometer to the previous voltagesetting in step 6.
a
4 - 4 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
1-2Drive Joystick(after serial number 1546)
How to Adjust the Drive JoystickPerform this procedure with theengine off.
1 Remove the fasteners from the platformcontrol box lid.
2 Open the control box lid and locate the drivejoystick.
Electrocution hazard. Contact withelectrically charged circuits couldresult in death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
a boom function speed controllerb drive joystick
3 Locate and disconnect the wire connected toterminal "A" on the drive joystick circuit board.
4 Set a multimeter to read DC current.
The multimeter, when set to readDC current, should be capable ofreading up to 1200 mA.
5 Connect the black(-) lead from the multimeter tothe wire that was just disconnected. Connectthe red(+) lead of the multimeter to terminal "A"on the joystick.
a low range potentiometerb terminal "R", activates low rangec terminal "B", drive reversed terminal "X", brake releasee terminal "-", groundf terminal "+", positiveg terminal "A", drive forwardh threshold potentiometeri high range potentiometer
6 Turn the keyswitch to platform controls and pullout the red Emergency Stop button out to theon position at both the ground and platformcontrols. Do not start the engine.
PLATFORM CONTROLS
+A
-X
R
TS1
DR
CL
A+
-B
XR
RB
X
-
+
A
g
f
e
d
c
b
a
h
i
b
a
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 5
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
Set the threshold:
The drive joystick adjustments arenot final adjustments. Finaladjustments will need to be madeto meet drive speed specifications.Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
7 Press down the foot switch. Move the drivejoystick off center in either direction just until acurrent reading appears on the mulitmeterdisplay.
8 Hold the drive joystick in position and adjust theTHRESHOLD potentiometer until the multimeterdisplays approximately 600 mA.
Set the high range:
9 Press down the foot switch. Move and hold thedrive joystick full stroke in either direction.
10 Hold the drive joystick in position and adjust theHI RANGE potentiometer until the multimeterdisplays slightly higher than 1100 mA.
Set the low range:
11 Start the engine from the platform controls andraise the primary boom approximately3 feet / 1 m. Turn the engine off.
12 Press down the foot switch. Move and hold thedrive joystick full stroke in either direction.
13 Hold the drive joystick in position and adjust theLO RANGE potentiometer until the multimeterdisplays approximately 700 mA.
14 Push in the red Emergency Stop button to theoff position at the platform controls.
15 Disconnect the multimeter.
16 Connect the wire that was disconnected instep 3 to terminal "A" of the drive joystick.
Set the stowed drive speed:
Select a test area that is firm, leveland free of obstructions.
17 Pull out the red Emergency Stop button out tothe on position at both the ground and platformcontrols.
18 Create start and finish lines by marking twolines on the ground 40 feet / 12.2 m apart.
19 Start the engine from the platform controls andmove the engine idle select switch to footswitch activated high idle (rabbit and footswitch symbol).
20 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contactpatch of a tire, as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
21 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
22 Continue at full speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point passes over thefinish line. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Result: The stowed drive speed does not meetspecification. Adjust the HI RANGE potentiometeron the drive joystick clockwise to increase thespeed or counterclockwise to decrease thestowed drive speed. Continue to perform steps20 through 22 until the stowed drive speedmeets specification.
PLATFORM CONTROLS
4 - 6 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV APLATFORM CONTROLS
Set the raised drive speed:
Select a test area that is firm, leveland free of obstructions.
23 Press down the foot switch and raise theprimary boom approximately 3 feet / 1 m.
24 Choose a point on the machine; i.e., contactpatch of a tire, as a visual reference for usewhen crossing the start and finish lines.
25 Bring the machine to top drive speed beforereaching the start line. Begin timing when yourreference point on the machine crosses thestart line.
26 Continue at full speed and note the time whenthe machine reference point passes over thefinish line. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Result: The raised drive speed does not meetspecification. Adjust the LO RANGE potentiometeron the drive joystick clockwise to increase thespeed or counterclockwise to decrease theraised drive speed. Continue to perform steps24 through 26 until the raised drive speedmeets specification.
27 Lower the primary boom to the stowed position.Turn the engine off.
28 Close the platform control box lid and installthe fasteners.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 7
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A PLATFORM CONTROLS
1-3Boom Function SpeedController
Boom Function SpeedController Adjustments
Electrocution hazard. Contact withelectrically charged circuits couldresult in death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
Do not adjust the controllersunless the static battery supplyvoltage is above 12V DC.
1 Turn the key switch to platform control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition at both the ground and platformcontrols.
2 Open the platform control box lid and locate theboom function speed controller.
a black wireb diodec white/red wired boom function speed controllere max-out adjustable trimpotf threshold adjustable trimpot
3 Locate the diode between the black wire fromthe boom function speed controller and thewhite/red wire.
4 Connect the red (+) lead from a volt meter tothe wire connector of the white/red wire next tothe diode. Connect the black (-) lead to ground.
5 Turn the boom function speed controller to theCREEP position.
6 Set the threshold: Press down the foot switch.Move the primary boom toggle switch in theup direction until the voltage reading appears.Adjust the voltage to 5.5 to 6V DC. Turn thethreshold trimpot adjustment screw clockwise toincrease the voltage or counterclockwise todecrease the voltage.
7 Turn the boom function speed controller tothe 9 position.
8 Set the max-out: Press down the foot switch.Move the primary boom toggle switch in the updirection. Adjust the voltage to 8.5 to 9V DC.Turn the max-out trimpot adjustment screwclockwise to increase the voltage orcounterclockwise to decrease the voltage.
Boom function speedcontroller specifications
Threshold 5 to 6V DC
Max-out 8.5 to 9V DC
a
b
c
d
e
f
4 - 8 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV APlatform Components
2-1Platform
How to Remove the Platform1 Separate the foot switch wiring quick disconnect
plug from the platform toeboard.
2 Remove the platform control box mountingfasteners and lower the control box.
If your machine is equipped withan air line to platform option, theair line must be disconnected fromthe platform before removal.
3 Place blocks under the platform for support.Carefully lower the platform onto the blocks.
4 Remove the platform mounting fasteners andremove the platform.
2-2Platform Leveling Slave Cylinder
The slave cylinder and the rotator pivot are thetwo primary supports for the platform. The slavecylinder keeps the platform level through theentire range of primary boom motion. It operates ina closed-circuit hydraulic loop with the mastercylinder. The slave cylinder is equipped withcounterbalance valves to prevent movement inthe event of a hydraulic line failure.
How to Remove the PlatformLeveling Slave Cylinder
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring (if equipped)on the fitting and/or the hose endmust be replaced. All connectionsmust be torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection 2, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
Before cylinder removal isconsidered, bleed the slavecylinder to be sure there is noair in the closed loop.
1 Extend the boom until the slave cylinderbarrel-end pivot pin is accessible.
2 Raise the boom slightly and place blocks underthe platform for support. Lower the boom untilthe platform is resting on the blocks.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 9
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
3 Remove the pin retainer fastener from therod-end pivot pin.
4 Remove the external snap ring from thebarrel-end pivot pin.
5 Use a soft metal drift to remove the rod-endpivot pin.
6 Use a soft metal drift to remove the barrel-endpivot pin.
7 Carefully pull the cylinder out of the boom.
8 Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses fromthe slave cylinder and connect them togetherwith a connector. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
How to Bleed the Slave Cylinder1 Raise the jib boom to a horizontal position.
2 Activate the platform level toggle switch up anddown through two platform leveling cycles toremove any air that might be in the system.
PLATFORM COMPONENTS
4 - 10 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV APLATFORM COMPONENTS
2-3Platform Rotator
The platform rotator is a hydraulically-activatedhelical gear assembly used to rotate the platform160 degrees.
How to Remove the PlatformRotator
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring (if equipped)on the fitting and/or the hose endmust be replaced. All connectionsmust be torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection 2, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1,How to Remove the Platform.
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the platform rotator manifold. Cap thefittings on the manifold.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
3 Support the platform mounting weldment with asuitable lifting device. Do not apply any liftingpressure.
4 Remove the six mounting bolts from theplatform mounting weldment. Remove thecenter bolt and slide the platform mountingweldment off of the platform rotator.
5 Support the platform rotator with a suitablelifting device. Do not apply any lifting pressure.
6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom and leveling links to platform rotator pivotpins. Do not remove the pins.
7 Use a soft metal drift to remove the leveling linkpivot pin. Lower the leveling links to the ground.
8 Support the jib boom and jib boom lift cylinderwith an overhead crane.
9 Use a soft metal drift to drive both pins out andremove the platform rotator from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The jib boomand jib boom lift cylinder could fallwhen when the platform rotator isremoved if not properly supportedby the overhead crane.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 11
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A PLATFORM COMPONENTS
How to Bleed the PlatformRotator1 Connect a clear hose to the top bleed screw.
Place the other end of the hose in a containerto collect any discharge.
a clear hoseb top bleed valvec bottom bleed valved container
2 Open the top bleed screw, but do not remove it.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition.
4 Hold the platform rotate toggle switch in theright direction for approximately 5 seconds,then release it. Repeat three times.
Crushing hazard. Keep handsclear of the platform pivotweldment during rotation.
b
c
d
a
5 Hold the platform rotate toggle switch in the leftdirection for approximately 5 seconds, thenrelease it.
6 Fully rotate the platform to the left and continueholding the platform rotate toggle switch until airstops coming out of the bleed screw.Immediately release the platform rotate toggleswitch and close the bleed screw.
7 Rotate the platform to the right until it iscentered.
8 Connect the clear hose to the bottom bleedscrew. Open the bottom bleed screw, but donot remove it.
9 Rotate the platform to the right and continueholding the platform rotate switch until air stopscoming out of the bleed screw.
Crushing hazard. Keep handsclear of the platform pivotweldment during rotation.
10 Close the bleed screw and remove the hose.
11 Turn the key switch to the off position and cleanup any hydraulic oil that may have spilled.
12 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition.
13 Rotate the platform full left and right and inspectthe bleed screws for leaks.
4 - 12 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AJib Boom Components
3-1Jib Boom
How to Remove the Jib BoomPerform this procedure with theboom in the stowed position.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1,How to Remove the Platform.
2 Remove the platform mounting weldmentand the platform rotator. See 2-3, How toRemove the Platform Rotator.
3 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom liftcylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thejib boom lift cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
4 Remove the cable cover from the side of thejib boom.
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom ports "T" and "P" of the jib boom manifold.Cap the fittings on the manifold.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
6 Tag and disconnect the electrical wiring fromthe jib boom manifold.
7 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe jib boom.
8 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom pivot pin at the jib boom bellcrank.
9 Use a soft metal drift to remove the jib boompivot pin. Remove the jib boom from the jibboom bellcrank.
Crushing hazard. The jib boomcould fall when the pin is removedif not properly supported by theoverhead crane.
10 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do notremove the pin.
11 Remove both of the jib boom leveling links fromthe bellcrank.
12 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe rod-end of the jib boom lift cylinder.
13 Use a soft metal drift to remove the jib boom liftcylinder rod-end pivot pin. Remove the jib boomlift cylinder from the jib boom bellcrank.
Crushing hazard. The jib boomlift cylinder could fall when the pinis removed if not properlysupported by the overhead crane.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 13
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
3-2Jib Boom Bell Crank
How to Remove the Jib BoomBell Crank
Perform this procedure with theboom in the stowed position.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1, How to Removethe Platform.
2 Remove the Jib Boom, See 3-1, How toRemove the Jib Boom.
3 Support and secure the jib boom bell crank toan appropriate lifting device.
4 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theslave cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do not removethe pin.
5 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom bell crank at the extension boom. Use asoft metal drift to remove the pin.
6 Use a soft metal drift to remove the slavecylinder rod-end pivot pin.
7 Remove the jib boom bell crank from theextension boom.
Crushing hazard. The jib boombell crank could becomeunbalanced and fall when the pinsare removed if not properlysupported and secured to thelifting device.
JIB BOOM COMPONENTS
3-3Jib Boom Lift Cylinder
How to Remove the Jib BoomLift Cylinder
Perform this procedure with theboom in the stowed position.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Raise the jib boom slightly and place blocksunder the platform mounting weldment. Lowerthe jib boom until the platform is resting on theblocks.
4 - 14 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
2 Tag, disconnect and plug the jib boom liftcylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thejib boom lift cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
3 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Do notremove the pin.
4 Use a soft metal drift to tap the rod-end pivotpin half way out and lower one of the levelinglinks to the ground. Tap the pin the otherdirection and lower the opposite leveling link.Do not remove the pin.
5 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe rod end of the jib boom lift cylinder.
6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the jibboom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pin. Use asoft metal drift to remove the barrel-end pivotpin.
Crushing hazard. The jib boomand/or platform could fall when thepin is removed if not properlysupported.
7 Use a soft metal drift to remove the jib boom liftcylinder rod-end pivot pin. Remove the jib boomlift cylinder from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The jib boom liftcylinder could fall when the pinsare removed if not properlysupported by the overhead crane.
JIB BOOM COMPONENTS
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 15
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
4-1Plastic Cable Track
The primary boom cable track guides the cablesand hoses running up the boom. It can be repairedlink by link without removing the cables and hosesthat run through it. Removing the entire primaryboom cable track is only necessary whenperforming major repairs that involve removing theprimary boom.
How to Repair the Plastic CableTrack
Component damage hazard. Theprimary boom cable track can bedamaged if it is twisted.
a link separation pointb lower clip
1 Use a slotted screwdriver to pry down on thelower clip.
2 Repeat step 1 for each link.
3 To remove a single link, open the lower clipand then use a screw driver to pry the link tothe side.
4-2Primary Boom
How to Shim the Primary BoomMeasure each wear pad. Replacethe pad if it is less than 0.41 inch /1 cm thick. If the pad is more than0.41 inch / 1 cm thick, perform thefollowing procedure.
1 Extend the boom until the wear pads areaccessible.
2 Loosen the wear pad mounting fasteners.
3 Install the new shims under the wear pad toobtain zero clearance and zero drag.
4 Tighten the mounting fasteners.
5 Extend and retract the boom through an entirecycle. Check for tight spots that could causescraping or binding.
Always maintain squarenessbetween the outer and inner boomtubes.
Primary Boom Components
a
b
4 - 16 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
How to Remove thePrimary Boom
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
Perform this procedure with theboom in the stowed position.
1 Remove the platform. See 2-1,How to Remove the Platform.
2 Remove the platform rotator. See 2-3, How toRemove the Platform Rotator.
3 Remove the jib boom. See 3-1,How to Remove the Jib Boom.
4 Remove the jib boom bell crank. See 3-2,How to Remove the Jib Boom Bell Crank.
5 Support the slave cylinder.
6 Tag and disconnect the hydraulic hoses to theslave cylinder and connect them together usinga connector. Plug the slave cylinder hoses fromthe cable track.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
7 Remove the external snap ring from the slavecylinder barrel-end pivot pin.
8 Use a soft metal drift to remove the slavecylinder barrel-end pin.
9 Remove the slave cylinder from the primaryboom.
10 Support the cable track with an overhead craneor similar lifting device.
11 Remove the cable track mounting fasteners,then remove the cable track from theboom and lay it off to the side.
Component damage hazard.The boom cable track can bedamaged if it is twisted.
12 Remove the turntable end cover.
13 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from themaster cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a softmetal drift to remove the pin. Pull the cylinderback and secure it from moving.
14 Remove the drive speed limit switchmounted on the side of the boom at the pivotend. Do not disconnect the wiring.
PRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 17
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A PRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
15 Tag, disconnect and plug the extension cylinderhydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
16 Attach an overhead 5 ton / 5,000 kg crane to thecenter point of the boom.
17 Attach a similar lifting device to the primaryboom lift cylinder.
18 Using the overhead crane, raise the primaryboom to a horizontal position.
19 Place support blocks across the secondaryboom to support the boom lift cylinder.
20 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theprimary boom lift cylinder rod-end pin. Use asoft metal drift to remove the pin.
Crushing hazard. The boom liftcylinder will fall unless it isproperly supported.
21 Lower the rod-end of the primary boom liftcylinder onto support blocks. Protect thecylinder rod from damage.
22 Remove the hose clamp brackets from theunderside of the primary boom.
23 Remove the hose clamp from the side of theprimary boom.
24 Remove the limit switch cam mountingfastener (if equipped).
Note the position of the cambefore removing it.
25 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theprimary boom pivot pin.
26 Use a soft metal drift to remove the primaryboom pivot pin. Carefully remove the boomfrom the machine and place it on a structurecapable of supporting it.
Crushing hazard. If the overheadcrane is not properly attached,the boom could becomeunbalanced and fall when it isremoved from the machine.
During removal, the overheadcrane strap will need to becarefully adjusted for properbalancing.
4 - 18 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV APRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
How to Disassemblethe Primary Boom
Complete disassembly of theboom is only necessary if theouter or inner boom tubes must bereplaced. The extension cylindercan be removed withoutcompletely disassembling theboom. See 4-4, How to Removethe Extension Cylinder.
1 Remove the boom. See 4-2,How to Remove the Primary Boom.
2 Place blocks under the extension cylinder forsupport.
3 Remove the retaining fasteners from theextension cylinder barrel-end pivot pin. Use asoft metal drift to remove the pin.
4 Label the location of all wear pads from theouter boom tube at the platform end. Removeall wear pads, including shims, from theplatform end of the boom.
Pay careful attention to thelocation and amount of shimsused with each wear pad.
5 Carefully rotate the barrel end of the extensioncylinder until the pin mounting bore is in avertical position.
6 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe extension tube at the platform end.
7 Support and slide the extension tube out of theouter primary boom tube. Place the extensionboom tube on blocks for support.
Crushing hazard. The boom tubescould become unbalanced and fallif not properly supported by theoverhead crane.
During removal, the overheadcrane strap will need to becarefully adjusted for properbalancing.
8 Remove the external snap rings from theextension cylinder rod-end pivot pins at theplatform end of the extension tube. Use a softmetal drift to remove the pins.
9 Support and slide the extension cylinder out ofthe base end of the extension tube. Place theextension cylinder on blocks for support.
During removal, the overheadcrane strap will need to becarefully adjusted for properbalancing.
10 Remove and label the wear pads from theextension cylinder.
Pay careful attention to thelocation of each wear pad.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 19
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A PRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
4-3Primary Boom Lift Cylinder
The lift cylinder raises and lowers the primaryboom. The lift cylinder is equipped withcounterbalance valves to prevent movement in theevent of a hydraulic line failure.
How to Remove the PrimaryBoom Lift Cylinder
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Raise the primary boom enough to access theprimary boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin.
2 Raise the secondary boom enough to accessthe primary boom lift cylinder barrel-endpivot pin.
3 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe primary boom for support. Do not apply anylifting pressure.
4 Place a block of wood across the uppersecondary boom to support the cylinder whenthe rod-end pivot pin is removed.
5 Attach a lifting strap from a second overheadcrane or other similar lifting device to theprimary boom lift cylinder.
6 Remove the rear turntable cover.
7 Place a 4x4 inch / 10 x 10 cm block betweenthe lower compression arms and the crossmember of the upper secondary boom.Carefully lower the secondary boom onto theblock.
Crushing hazard. Keep handsaway from the block and allmoving parts when lowering thesecondary boom.
8 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theprimary boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Usea soft metal drift to remove the pin.
Crushing hazard. The primaryboom could fall when the primaryboom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pinis removed if not properlysupported by the overhead crane.
9 Lower the rod end of the cylinder onto theblocks that were placed on the uppersecondary boom.
10 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theupper compression arm pivot pin (same side ofmachine as the primary boom lift cylinderbarrel-end pivot pin retaining fasteners).
11 Place a rod through the compression arm pivotpin and twist to remove the pin.
12 Swing the compression arm up out of the wayand secure it from moving.
4 - 20 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV APRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
13 Tag, disconnect and plug the primary boom liftcylinder hydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
14 Support the primary boom lift cylinder withstraps or ropes to restrict it from swinging freelywhen the barrel-end pivot pin is removed.
15 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the liftcylinder barrel-end pivot pin. Do not remove thepivot pin.
16 Use the overhead crane to raise the primaryboom 1 inch / 2.5 cm. This will relieve pressureon the barrel-end pivot pin.
17 Place a rod through the barrel-end pivot pin andtwist to remove the pin.
Crushing hazard. The primaryboom lift cylinder may fall whenthe barrel-end pivot pin is removedif not properly supported by theoverhead crane.
18 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane orsimilar lifting device to the rod end of theprimary boom lift cylinder. Carefully loosen thestraps and allow the barrel end of the primaryboom lift cylinder to slowly swing down.
19 Carefully remove the cylinder from the machine.
4-4Extension Cylinder
The extension cylinder extends and retracts theprimary boom extension tube. The extensioncylinder is equipped with counterbalance valves toprevent movement in the event of a hydraulic linefailure.
How to Remove theExtension Cylinder
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Raise the primary boom to a horizontal position.Then extend the boom approximately3 to 4 feet / 1 m until the extension cylinderrod-end pivot pins are accessible.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 21
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
2 Remove the external snap rings from theextension cylinder rod-end pivot pins. Use asoft metal drift to remove the pins.
3 Remove the rear turntable cover.
4 Raise the secondary boom until the mastercylinder rod-end pivot pin is accessible.
5 Remove the drive speed limit switch from thepivot end of the primary boom. Do notdisconnect the wiring.
6 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from themaster cylinder rod end pivot pin. Use a softmetal drift to remove the pin.
7 Manually retract the master cylinder and push ittoward the platform end of the boom to obtainenough clearance for the extension cylinderremoval.
8 Tag, disconnect and plug the extension cylinderhydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
PRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
9 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theextension cylinder pivot pin. Use a soft metaldrift to remove the pin.
10 Carefully pull out and properly support theextension cylinder from the primary boom usinga lifting strap from an overhead crane.
Crushing hazard. The cylindermay become unbalanced and fallif not properly supported by theoverhead crane when removedfrom the extension tube.
During removal, the overheadcrane strap will need to becarefully adjusted for properbalancing.
To make installation of theextension cylinder easier, be surethat the cylinder rod is extended3 to 4 feet /1 m.
4 - 22 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
4-5Platform Leveling MasterCylinder
The master cylinder acts as a pump for the slavecylinder. It is part of the closed circuit hydraulicloop that keeps the platform level through theentire range of primary boom motion. The mastercylinder is located inside the upper mid-pivot at thepivot end of the primary boom.
How to Remove the PlatformLeveling Master Cylinder
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
Before cylinder removal isconsidered, bleed the cylinder tobe sure that there is no air in theclosed loop. See 2-2, How toBleed the Slave Cylinder.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Remove the rear turntable cover.
2 Raise the secondary boom until the mastercylinder barrel-end pivot pin is above theturntable counterweights.
3 Raise the primary boom until the mastercylinder rod-end pivot pin is accessible.
4 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe upper pivot for support. Do not apply anylifting pressure.
5 Secure the upper secondary boom to the pivotend of the primary boom with a strap.
Securing the upper secondaryboom to the pivot will prevent theupper secondary boom from fallingwhen the master cylinder barrel-end pivot pin is removed from thecylinder.
6 Tag, disconnect and plug the master cylinderhydraulic hoses. Cap the fittings on thecylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
7 Tie a strap around the lug on the rod end of themaster cylinder and secure the strap to theprimary boom.
The strap will be used to lower thecylinder out of the upper pivot.
8 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from themaster cylinder rod-end pivot pin. Use a softmetal drift to remove the pin.
PRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 23
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
9 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from themaster cylinder barrel-end pivot pin.
10 Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin from thecylinder. Do not remove the pin from the uppermid-pivot. Push the pin to one side, only farenough to remove the cylinder.
Crushing hazard. The uppersecondary boom and the upperpivot may fall if the pivot pin iscompletely removed.
The pin should remain in one sideof the upper secondary boom andupper mid-pivot.
11 Use the strap around the rod-end lug to lowerthe cylinder out of the machine.
PRIMARY BOOM COMPONENTS
4 - 24 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV ASecondary Boom Components
Secondary Booma upper pivotb upper compression armc mid-pivotd compression linke lower secondary boomf lower compression armg turntable pivoth upper secondary boom
e
d
c
a b
b
h
f
g
f
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 25
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
6 Locate the cables from the primary boom cabletrack to the platform control box. Number eachcable and its entry location at the platformcontrol box.
7 Open the platform control box.
8 Tag and disconnect each wire from the cablesin the platform control box.
Electrocution hazard. Contact withelectrically charged circuits couldresult in death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
9 Pull the cables out of the platform control box.
10 Pull all of the electrical cables out of the plasticcable track. Do not pull out the hydraulic hoses.
11 Remove the hose clamps from the bottom sideof the primary boom.
12 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hoses atthe union located on the bottom side of theprimary boom. Cap the fittings on the union.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
13 Remove the hose clamp from the side of theprimary boom at the pivot end.
14 Remove the primary boom extend drive speedlimit switch mounted on the side of the primaryboom at the pivot end. Do not disconnect thewiring.
SECONDARY BOOM COMPONENTS
5-1Secondary Boom
How to Disassemble theSecondary Boom
Bodily injury hazard. Theprocedures in this section requirespecific repair skills, liftingequipment and a suitableworkshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is required.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection 2, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Remove the rear turntable cover.
2 Place a suitable lifting device under the platformfor support.
3 Disconnect the battery.
4 Remove the cable cover from the side of the jibboom.
5 Remove the wire loom from the cables at theplatform control box.
4 - 26 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
15 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe pivot end of the primary boom.
16 Using the overhead crane, carefully lift thesecondary and primary boom assembly untilthe master cylinder and primary boom liftcylinder hydraulic hoses are accessible.
17 Remove the cable covers from the top of theupper secondary boom.
18 Tag, disconnect and plug the primary boom liftcylinder and master cylinder hydraulic hoses.Cap the fittings on the cylinders.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
19 Using the overhead crane, lower the boomassembly to the fully stowed position.
20 Pull all the cables and hoses through the upperpivot.
Component damage hazard.Cables and hoses can bedamaged if they are kinked orpinched.
21 Position a lifting strap from the overhead craneapproximately 2 feet / 60 cm from the platformend of the primary boom. Measure from theplatform end of the primary boom tube.
22 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theupper pivot to upper secondary compressionarm pivot pins. Place a rod through thecompression arm pivot pin and twist to removethe pins.
23 Swing the compression arms down and out ofthe way. Secure them from moving.
24 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theupper pivot to the upper secondary boom pivotpin. Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.
25 Carefully remove the entire primary boomassembly from the machine (primary boomassembly, jib boom assembly, platform, mastercylinder, primary lift cylinder and upper pivot).
Crushing hazard. The primaryboom assembly could becomeunbalanced and fall whenremoved from the machine if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane. Do not removethe assembly from the machineuntil it is properly balanced.
During removal, the overheadcrane strap will need to becarefully adjusted for properbalancing.
26 Place the entire assembly onto a structurecapable of supporting it.
27 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from theupper secondary compression arm pivot pins.Do not remove the pins.
SECONDARY BOOM COMPONENTS
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 27
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A SECONDARY BOOM COMPONENTS
28 Position a lifting strap from an overhead craneat the center of the control box side uppercompression arm.
29 Place a rod through the compression arm pivotpin and twist to remove the pin. Remove thecompression arm from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The uppercompression arm could becomeunbalanced and fall whenremoved from the machine if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane.
30 Repeat step 29 for the engine side uppercompression arm.
31 Remove the plastic plug in the bulkhead toaccess the secondary boom lift cylinder rod-endpivot pin.
32 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from the rodend of the secondary boom lift cylinder. Use asoft metal drift to remove the pin. Secure thecylinder from moving.
33 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thelower pivot pin of the compression link. Use asoft metal drift to remove the pin.
34 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe upper secondary boom.
35 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from themid-pivot to upper secondary boom pivot pin.Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.
36 Remove the upper secondary boom withcompression link from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The uppersecondary boom withcompression link could becomeunbalanced and fall whenremoved from the machine if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane.
37 Remove the drive speed limit switchmounted on the inside of the lower mid-pivot.Do not disconnect the wiring.
38 Remove the cable covers from the top of thelower secondary boom. Pull all the cables andhoses towards the counterweight end of theturntable.
39 Gasoline/LPG models: Remove the LPG hosefrom the tank and then remove the LPG tank.
40 Remove the battery hold down and battery.
41 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thesecondary boom lift cylinder barrel-end pivotpins.
42 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe lug on the rod-end of the secondary boomlift cylinder.
4 - 28 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV ASECONDARY BOOM COMPONENTS
43 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the secondary boom lift cylinder. Cap thefittings on the cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
44 Use a slide hammer to remove the secondaryboom lift cylinder barrel-end pivot pins. Removethe secondary boom lift cylinder from themachine.
Crushing hazard. The secondaryboom lift cylinder could becomeunbalanced and fall whenremoved from the machine if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane.
Access the pins using the accessholes located in the bulkheads,one on each side.
45 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe mid-pivot for support. Do not lift it.
46 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from themid-pivot to lower compression arm pivot pins.Place a rod through the compression arm pivotpins and twist to remove the pins.
47 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from themid-pivot to lower secondary boom pivot pins.Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.
48 Remove the mid-pivot from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The mid-pivotcould become unbalanced and fallwhen removed from the machine ifnot properly supported by theoverhead crane.
49 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe control box side lower compression arm.
50 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thelower compression arm to turntable pivot pins.Place a rod through the compression arm pivotpin and twist to remove the pin. Remove thecompression arm from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The lowercompression arm could becomeunbalanced and fall whenremoved from the machine if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane.
51 Repeat step 50 for the engine side lowercompression arm.
52 Attach a liftiing strap from an overhead crane tothe lower secondary boom.
53 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thelower secondary boom to turntable pivot pin.Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.
54 Remove the lower secondary boom from themachine.
Crushing hazard. The lowersecondary boom could becomeunbalanced and fall whenremoved from the machine if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 29
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A SECONDARY BOOM COMPONENTS
5-2Secondary Boom Lift Cylinder
The secondary boom lift cylinder raises andlowers the secondary boom. The secondaryboom lift cylinder is equipped with counterbalancevalves to prevent movement in the event of ahydraulic line failure.
How to Remove the SecondaryBoom Lift Cylinder
Bodily injury hazard. Thisprocedure requires specific repairskills, lifting equipment and asuitable workshop. Attempting thisprocedure without these skills andtools could result in death orserious injury and significantcomponent damage. Dealerservice is strongly recommended.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Rotate the turntable to the side until the boom iscentered between the steer and non-steer tires.
2 Raise the primary boom to full height. Do notextend it. Turn the machine off.
3 Attach a lifting strap from an overhead crane tothe lug on the rod-end of the secondary boomlift cylinder.
4 Open the engine side turntable cover. Pull upon the engine tray lock pin and swing theengine tray out and away from the machine.Secure the engine tray from moving.
5 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thesecondary boom lift cylinder barrel-end pivotpins.
6 Use a slide hammer to remove the barrel-endpivot pins.
Access the pins using the accessholes located in the bulkheads,one on each side.
7 Remove the pin retaining fasteners from thesecondary boom lift cylinder rod-end pivot pin.Use a soft metal drift to remove the pin.
8 Carefully lower the cylinder down through thesecondary boom, just enough to access thehydraulic hoses.
Component damage hazard.Hoses can be damaged if they arekinked or pinched.
9 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the secondary boom lift cylinder. Cap thefittings on the cylinder.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
10 Carefully remove the cylinder by raising itthrough the top of the secondary boom usingthe overhead crane.
Crushing hazard. The secondaryboom lift cylinder could becomeunbalanced and fall whenremoved from the machine if notproperly supported by theoverhead crane.
4 - 30 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AKubota D-905 Engine
6-1Timing Adjustment
Complete information to perform this procedure isavailable in the Kubota D-905 Workshop Manual(Kubota part number: 97897-02432).
Kubota D905 Workshop ManualGenie part number 31742
6-2Glow Plugs
Refer to maintenance procedure B-8, Check TheGlow Plugs - Diesel Models.
6-3RPM Adjustment
See the scheduled maintenance procedure B-9,Check and Adjust the Engine RPM.
6-4Flex Plate
The flex plate acts as a coupler between theengine and the pump. It is bolted to the engineflywheel and has a splined center to drivethe pump.
How to Remove the Flex Plate1 Support the drive pump with an appropriate
lifting device. Then remove all of the pumpmounting plate to engine bell housing bolts.
2 Carefully pull the pump away from the engineand secure it from moving.
3 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners, thenremove the flex plate from the engine.
How to Install the Flex Plate1 Install the flex plate onto the flywheel with the
raised spline away from the flywheel.
a pumpb pump shaftc pump couplerd flex platee flywheel
b ea c d
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 31
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A KUBOTA D-905 ENGINE
6-5Coolant Temperature andOil Pressure Switches
The engine coolant temperature switch is anormally open switch. The switch contacts close atapproximately 225°F / 107°C. If the coolanttemperature rises above the switch point, theswitch contacts close and the engine will shut off toprevent damage. The engine will not start until thetemperature drops below the switch point. An over-temperature indicator light at the ground controlsshould turn on when the switch closes.
Component damage hazard.Do not crank the engine withthe over-temperature light on.
The engine oil switch is a normally closed switch.The switch contacts open at approximately7 psi / 0.48 bar. If the oil pressure drops below theswitch point, the contacts open and the engine willshut off to prevent damage. A low oil pressureindicator light at the ground controls should turn onwhen the switch opens.
Component damage hazard.Do not crank the engine with thelow oil pressure light on.
2 Install the coupler onto the pump shaft with theset screw towards the pump. Leave a 1/32 inch /0.8 mm gap between the coupler and pump endplate.
3 Apply Loctite® removable thread sealant to thecoupler set screw. Torque the set screw to65-70 ft-lbs / 88-95 Nm.
Component damage hazard. Donot force the drive pump duringinstallation or the flex plate teethmay become damaged.
4 - 32 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
7-1Choke Adjustments
The choke is solenoid-operated and functions onlyin the gasoline mode. This choke will not operate inLPG mode.
Choke adjustments are affectedby climate. Richer adjustment willbe necessary in colder climates,leaner adjustment in warmerclimates.
7-2Timing Adjustment
The ignition timing cannot beadjusted. The timing adjustmentscrew is factory sealed with atamper resistant cap installed bythe manufacturer. If service orrepair is needed, contact yourlocal Kubota dealer.
7-3Carburetor Adjustment
The carburetor cannot beadjusted. The carburetor mixturescrews are factory sealed withtamper resistant caps installed bythe manufacturer. If service orrepair is needed, contact yourlocal Kubota dealer.
7-4RPM Adjustment
See the scheduled maintenance procedure B-9,Check and Adjust the Engine RPM.
7-5Flex Plate
The flex plate acts as a coupler between theengine and the pump. It is bolted to the engineflywheel and has a splined center to drivethe pump.
How to Remove the Flex Plate1 Support the drive pump with a suitable lifting
device.
2 Remove all of the pump mounting plate toengine fasteners.
3 Carefully pull the pump assembly away from theengine and secure it from moving.
3 Remove the flex plate mounting fasteners.Remove the flex plate from the flywheel.
Kubota DF750 / DF752 Engine
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 33
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
How to Install the Flex Plate1 Install the flex plate onto the flywheel with the
raised spline against the flywheel.
a pumpb pump shaftc pump couplerd flex platee flywheel
2 Apply removable Loctite® thread sealant to theflex plate mounting fasteners. Torque the flexplate mounting fasteners to 36 ft-lbs / 49 Nm.
3 Install the coupler onto the pump shaft with theset screw towards the pump. Leave a 1/32 inch /0.8 mm gap between the coupler and pump endplate.
4 Apply removable Loctite® thread sealant to thecoupler set screw. Torque the set screw to65-70 ft-lbs / 88-95 Nm.
Component damage hazard. Donot force the drive pump duringinstallation or the flex plate teethmay become damaged.
7-6Coolant Temperature andOil Pressure Switches
The engine coolant temperature switch is anormally open switch. The switch contacts close atapproximately 225°F / 107°C. If the coolanttemperature rises above the switch point, theswitch contacts close and the engine will shut off toprevent damage. The engine will not start until thetemperature drops below the switch point. An over-temperature indicator light at the ground controlsshould turn on when the switch closes.
Component damage hazard.Do not crank the engine withthe over-temperature light on.
The engine oil switch is a normally closed switch.The switch contacts open at approximately7 psi / 0.48 bar. If the oil pressure drops below theswitch point, the contacts open and the engine willshut off to prevent damage. A low oil pressureindicator light at the ground controls should turn onwhen the switch opens.
Component damage hazard.Do not crank the engine with thelow oil pressure light on.
KUBOTA DF750 / DF752 ENGINE
b ea c d
4 - 34 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AHydraulic Pumps
8-1Auxiliary Pump
How to Test the Auxiliary PumpWhen removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the high pressurehydraulic hose from the auxiliary pump.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
2 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressuregauge to the high pressure port on the pump.
3 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullout the red Emergency Stop button to the onposition at both the ground and platformcontrols.
4 Activate any function using auxiliary power.
Result: The pressure gauge reads 2800 psi /193 bar, immediately stop. The pump is good.
Result: The pressure fails to reach 2800 psi /193 bar, the pump is faulty and will need to beserviced or replaced.
5 Remove the pressure gauge and install thehydraulic hose.
How to Remove the AuxiliaryPump
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the pump.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
2 Remove the pump mounting fasteners.Carefully remove the pump.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 35
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
8-2Function Pump
How to Test the Function PumpWhen removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the high pressurehydraulic hose from the function pump.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
2 Connect a 0 to 5000 psi / 0 to 350 bar pressuregauge to the high pressure port on the pump.
3 Gasoline/LPG models: Disconnect the ignitioncoil wire from the center of the ignition coil.
Diesel models: Hold the manual fuel shutofflever clockwise to the closed position.
4 Turn the key switch to ground control and pullthe Emergency Stop button to the on position atboth the ground and platform controls.
5 Observe the pressure gauge while cranking theengine. Immediately stop if the pressurereaches or exceeds 3000 psi / 206 bar.
Result: The pressure gauge reads 3000 psi /206 bar, immediately stop cranking the engine.The pump is good.
Result: The pressure fails to reach 3000 psi /206 bar, the pump is faulty and will need to beserviced or replaced.
Component damage hazard.Hydraulic pressure in excess of3000 psi / 206 bar may result insevere component damage.
6 Remove the pressure gauge and install thehydraulic hose.
7 Gasoline/LPG models: Install the ignition coilwire to the center of the ignition coil.
Diesel models: Release the manual fuelshutoff lever.
How to Remove the FunctionPump
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the pump.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
2 Remove the pump mounting fasteners.Carefully remove the pump.
HYDRAULIC PUMPS
4 - 36 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
8-3Drive Pump
The drive pump is a bi-directional variabledisplacement piston pump. The pump output iscontrolled by an electronic displacement controller,located on the pump. The only adjustment that canbe made to the pump is the neutral or nulladjustment. Any internal service to the pumpshould only be performed at an authorized SauerDanfoss service center.
Models before serial number 1547were equipped with an EDC(electrical displacement control)proportional control. Models afterserial number 1546 were equippedwith a NFPE (non-feedbackproportional electrical) proportionalcontrol.
How to Remove the Drive PumpComponent damage hazard. Thework area and surfaces where thisprocedure will be performed mustbe clean and free of debris thatcould get into the hydraulic systemthat could result in severecomponent damage. Dealerservice is recommended.
When removing a hose assemblyor fitting, the O-ring on the fittingand/or hose end must be replacedand then torqued to specificationduring installation. Refer toSection Two, Hydraulic Hose andFitting Torque Specifications.
1 Before serial number 1547: Disconnect theelectrical connection at the electronicdisplacement controller (EDC) located on thedrive pump.
After serial number 1546: Disconnect theelectrical connectors from the coils of the NFPEcontroller (NFPE) located on the drive pump.
HYDRAULIC PUMPS
2 Tag,disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the pump.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
3 Support the pump with a suitable lifting device.
4 Remove the drive pump mounting bolts.Carefully remove the pump.
How to Prime the Pump1 Connect a 0 to 6000 psi / 0 to 414 bar pressure
gauge to the test port on the drive pump.
2 Gasoline/LPG models: Disconnect the ignitioncoil wire from the center of the ignition coil.
Diesel models: Hold the manual fuel shutofflever clockwise to the closed position.
3 Crank the engine with the starter motor for 15seconds, wait 15 seconds, then crank theengine an additional 15 seconds or until thepressure reaches 320 psi / 22 bar.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 37
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
This page intentionally left blank.
4 - 38 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AManifolds
9-1Function Manifold ComponentsThe function manifold is mounted to the turntable under the ground control box.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Counterbalance valve,3000 psi / 207 bar .............................. F ........... Platform level up ............................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
2 Counterbalance valve,3000 psi / 207 bar .............................. G ........... Platform level down .......................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
3 Counterbalance valve,1500 psi / 103 bar .............................. H ........... Turntable rotate left ........................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
4 Counterbalance valve,1500 psi / 103 bar(after serial number 673) ................... I ............ Turntable rotate right ........................ 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
5 Relief valve, 1600 psi / 110 bar ......... J ............ Secondary boom down ..................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
6 Relief valve, 1400 psi / 97 bar(before serial number 2901)Relief valve, 1600 psi / 110 bar(after serial number 2900) ................ K ........... Primary boom down ......................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
7 Relief valve, 1800 psi / 124 bar(before serial number 2901)Relief valve, 2800 psi / 193 bar(from serial number 2901 to 3215) ... L ........... Primary boom extend ....................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
8 Proportional solenoid valve .............. D ........... System flow regulating circuit ........... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
9 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... E ........... Steer left/right .................................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
10 Flow regulator valve,0.1 gpm / 0.38 L/min .......................... W .......... Differential sensing circuit ................. 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
11 Differential sensing valve .................. C ........... All functions ....................................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
12 Diagnostic fitting ............................................... Testing
13 Priority flow regulator valve,1 gpm / 4.5 L/min ............................... A ........... Steering ............................................. 34-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
14 Relief valve, 3200 psi / 221 bar ......... B ........... System relief ..................................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
15 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... V ........... Primary boom retract .......................... 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
16 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... S ........... Primary boom up ................................. 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
This list continues. Please turn the page.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 39
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A MANIFOLDS
X
F G H I J K L D
E
W
C
A
B
V
S
Q
P
M
U
T
R
OY
N
24
5 6 7 8
9
10
13
11
12
14
25
26
1 32 4
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
4 - 40 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AMANIFOLDS
Function Manifold Components, continuedThe function manifold is mounted to the turntable under the ground control box.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
17 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... Q ........... Secondary boom up ............................ 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
18 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... P ........... Turntable rotate left ............................. 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
19 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... M .......... Platform level up ................................. 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
20 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... U ........... Primary boom extend .......................... 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
21 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... T ........... Primary boom down ............................ 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
22 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... R ........... Secondary boom down ....................... 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
23 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... O ........... Turntable rotate right .......................... 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
24 Orifice, 0.052 inch / 1.32 mm ............ Y ........... Turntable rotate circuit
25 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... N ........... Platform level down ............................ 8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
26 Orifice, 0.052 inch / 1.32 mm ............ X ........... Turntable rotate circuit
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 41
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A MANIFOLDS
X
F G H I J K L D
E
W
C
A
B
V
S
Q
P
M
U
T
R
OY
N
24
5 6 7 8
9
10
13
11
12
14
25
26
1 32 4
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
4 - 42 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
9-2Valve Adjustments -Function Manifold
How to Adjust the Primary BoomDown Relief Valve1 Connect a 0 to 3000 psi / 0 to 206 bar pressure
gauge to the test port on the function manifold.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 Hold the function enable/rpm select toggleswitch to the high rpm position and activate andhold the primary boom toggle switch in thedown direction with the primary boom fullylowered.
4 Observe the pressure reading on the pressuregauge. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
5 Turn the machine off. Hold the relief valve andremove the cap (item K).
6 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwiseto increase the pressure or counterclockwise todecrease the pressure. Install the relief valvecap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjustthe relief valve higher thanspecified.
7 Repeat steps 2 through 6 to confirm the reliefvalve pressure setting.
How to Adjust the Primary BoomExtend Relief Valve(before serial number 3216)1 Connect a 0 to 3000 psi / 0 to 206 bar pressure
gauge to the test port on the function manifold.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 Hold the function enable/rpm select toggleswitch to the high rpm position and activate andhold the primary boom extend toggle switch inthe extend direction with the primary boom fullyextended.
4 Observe the pressure reading on the pressuregauge. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
5 Turn the machine off. Hold the relief valve andremove the cap (item L).
6 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwiseto increase the pressure or counterclockwise todecrease the pressure. Install the relief valvecap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjustthe relief valve higher thanspecified.
7 Repeat steps 2 through 6 to confirm the reliefvalve pressure setting.
MANIFOLDS
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 43
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
How to Adjust the SecondaryBoom Down Relief Valve1 Connect a 0 to 3000 psi / 0 to 206 bar pressure
gauge to the test port on the function manifold.
2 Start the engine from the ground controls.
3 Hold the function enable/rpm select toggleswitch to the high rpm position and activate andhold the secondary boom toggle switch in thedown direction with the secondary boom fullylowered.
4 Observe the pressure reading on the pressuregauge. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
5 Turn the machine off. Hold the relief valve andremove the cap (item J).
6 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwiseto increase the pressure or counterclockwise todecrease the pressure. Install the relief valvecap.
Tip-over hazard. Do not adjustthe relief valve higher thanspecified.
7 Repeat steps 2 through 6 to confirm the reliefvalve pressure setting.
MANIFOLDS
4 - 44 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
9-3Jib Boom / Platform Rotate Manifold ComponentsThe jib boom/platform rotate manifold is mounted to the jib boom.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... CH ........ Jib boom up/down ............................8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
2 Solenoid valve, 3 position 4 way ...... CI .......... Platform rotate left/right .....................8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
3 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... CA ........ Jib boom down .................................8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
4 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... CB ........ Platform rotate left .............................8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
5 Flow regulator valve,0.3 gpm / 1.14 L/min .......................... CG ........ Platform rotate circuit ........................8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
6 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... CC ........ Platform rotate right ..........................8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
7 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ...... CD ........ Jib boom up ......................................8-10 ft-lbs / 11-14 Nm
8 Orifice, 0.025 in / 0.64 mm(from serial number 1187 to 1891)Orifice, 0.022 in / 0.56 mm(from serial number 1892 to 1969) ... CE ........ Platform rotate circuit
9 Orifice, 0.028 in / 0.71 mm(located in "P" port) ........................... CF ......... Platform rotate and jib boom circuit
MANIFOLDS
CA
CB
CCCECF
CG
CDafter serial number 2006
before serial number 2005
5
2
CG
CICH
1
9CF
3
89
4
6
5
7
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 45
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
9-4Brake / 2-speed Manifold ComponentsThe brake / 2-speed manifold is located under the drive chassis cover at the non-steer end.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Check Valve ...................................... AC ........ Pressure circuit ................................... 8-10 ft-lbs / 10-15 Nm
2 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... AB ......... 2-speed motor shift ........................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
3 Solenoid valve, 2 position 3 way ....... AA ......... Brake ................................................. 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
4 Orifice Plug, 0.025 inch / 0.64 mm .... AD ........ Tank return circuit
MANIFOLDS
AD
AA
AB AC
3
1
4
2
4 - 46 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
9-52WD Traction Manifold ComponentsThe 2WD traction is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Relief valve, 210 psi / 14.5 bar ......... B ........... Charge pressure circuit .................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
2 Diagnostic fitting ............................................... Testing
3 Flow divider/combiner valve ............. C ........... Controls flow to drive motorsin forward and reverse ............. 130-140 ft-lbs / 176-190 Nm
4 Orifice 0.070 inch / 1.78 mm ............. D ........... Equalizes pressure on both sidesdivider/combiner valve C.
5 Shuttle valve, 3 position 3 way ......... A ........... Charge pressure circuitthat gets hot oil out of low pressureside of drive pump and allows lowpressure flow path for brakerelease and 2-speed motor shift ....... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
MANIFOLDS
B
C
D
A5
3
4
21
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 47
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
This page intentionally left blank.
MANIFOLDS
4 - 48 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
9-64WD Traction Manifold ComponentsThe 4WD traction manifold is mounted inside the drive chassis at the non-steer end.
Index SchematicNo. Description Item Function Torque
1 Diagnostic fitting ............................................... Testing
2 Directional control valve,2 position 3 way ................................. H ........... Diverts all flow to steer
end drive motors whenin high range ............................. 130-140 ft-lbs / 176-190 Nm
3 Flow divider/combiner valve .............. E ........... Controls flow to flowdivider/combiner valvesD and F ..................................... 130-140 ft-lbs / 176-190 Nm
4 Orifice plug, 0.052 inch / 1.32 mm ..... G ........... Equalizes pressure acrossflow divider/combiner valve F
5 Flow divider/combiner valve .............. F ........... Controls flow to steer end drivemotors in forward and reverse .......... 15-18 ft-lbs / 20-24 Nm
6 Flow divider/combiner valve .............. D ........... Controls flow to non-steer enddrive motors in forwardand reverse ....................................... 15-18 ft-lbs / 20-24 Nm
7 Orifice plug, 0.045 inch / 1.14 mm ..... K ........... Equalizes pressure acrossflow divider/combiner valve D
8 Check valve ....................................... I ............ Direction control circuit ..................... 25-30 ft-lbs / 34-41 Nm
9 Relief valve, 210 psi / 14.5 bar .......... B ........... Charge pressure circuit ..................... 35-40 ft-lbs / 47-54 Nm
10 Orifice plug, 0.052 inch / 1.32 mm ..... C ........... Equalizes pressure acrossflow divider/combiner valve E
11 Check valve, pilot operated ............... J ............ Smoothes the shiftfrom low to high range ...................... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
12 Shuttle valve, 3 position 3 way .......... A ........... Charge pressure circuitthat gets hot oil out of low pressureside of drive pump and allows lowpressure flow path for brakerelease and 2-speed motor shift ....... 10-12 ft-lbs / 14-16 Nm
MANIFOLDS
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 49
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A MANIFOLDS
EH GF
D
K
I
B
C
J
A
5
6
8
7
9
10
12
11
1 42 3
4 - 50 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
9-7Valve Adjustments -Traction Manifold
How to Adjust the ChargePressure Relief Valve1 Connect a 0 to 600 psi / 0 to 41 bar pressure
gauge to the test port located on the tractionmanifold.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil tosquirt or spray.
2 Start the engine from the platform controls.
3 Drive the machine slowly in either direction andobserve the pressure reading on the pressuregauge. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
4 Turn the engine off. Hold the relief valve andremove the cap (item B).
5 Adjust the internal hex socket. Turn it clockwiseto increase the pressure or counterclockwiseto decrease the pressure. Install the relief valvecap.
6 Start the engine. Drive the machine in eitherdirection and check the relief valve pressure.
7 Turn the engine off and remove the pressuregauge.
MANIFOLDS
9-8Valve Coils
How to Test a CoilA properly functioning coil provides anelectromotive force which operates the solenoidvalve. Critical to normal operation is continuitywithin the coil. Zero resistance indicates the coilhas failed.
Since coil resistance is sensitive to temperature,resistance values outside specification canproduce erratic operation. When coil resistancedecreases below specification, amperageincreases. As resistance rises above specification,voltage increases.
While valves may operate when coil resistance isoutside specification, maintaining coils withinspecification will help ensure proper valve functionover a wide range of operating temperatures.
Electrocution hazard. Contact withelectrically charged circuits couldresult in death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
1 Tag and disconnect the wiring from the coil tobe tested.
2 Test the coil resistance.
Coils with 2 terminals: Connect the leads fromthe ohmmeter to the valve coil terminals.
Coils with 1 terminal: Connect the positivelead from the ohmmeter to the valve coilterminal, then connect the negative lead fromthe ohmmeter to the internal ring of the valvecoil.
Result: The resistance should be withinspecification, plus or minus 30%.
Result: If the resistance is not withinspecification, plus or minus 30%, replace thecoil.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 51
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A MANIFOLDS
Valve Coil ResistanceSpecificationNote: The following coil resistance specificationsare at an ambient temperature of 68°F / 20°C. Asvalve coil resistance is sensitive to changes in airtemperature, the coil resistance will typicallyincrease or decrease by 4% for each 18°F / 20°Cthat your air temperature increases or decreasesfrom 68°F / 20°C.
Valve coil specifications
2 position 3 way solenoid valve, 10V DC 6Ω(schematic items V, S, Q, P, M, U, T,R, O, N, AA, AB, CA, CB, CC and CD)
3 position 4 way solenoid valve, 10V DC 6Ω(schematic item E, CH, CI)
Proportional solenoid valve, 12V DC 5Ω(schematic item D)
How to Test a Coil DiodeGenie incorporates spike suppressing diodes in allof its valve coils. Properly functioning coil diodesprotect the electrical circuit by suppressing voltagespikes. Voltage spikes naturally occur within afunction circuit following the interruption ofelectrical current to a coil. Faulty diodes can fail toprotect the electrical system, resulting in a trippedcircuit breaker or component damage.
Electrocution hazard. Contact withelectrically charged circuits couldresult in death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
1 Test the coil for resistance. See How to Test aCoil.
2 Connect a 10Ω resistor to the negative terminalof a known good 9V DC battery. Connect theother end of the resistor to a terminal on thecoil.
The battery should read 9V DC ormore when measured across theterminals.
Resistor, 10ΩΩΩΩΩGenie part number 27287
a multimeterb 9V DC batteryc 10Ω resistord coil
Note: Dotted lines in illustration indicate areversed connection as specified instep 6
3 Set a multimeter to read DC current.
The multimeter, when set to readDC current, should be capable ofreading up to 800 mA.
9V
BATTERY
10
RESISTOR
�
MULTI
METER
COIL
+
-
+
-
d
b
b
a
c
c
4 - 52 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AMANIFOLDS
4 Connect the negative lead to the other terminalon the coil.
If testing a single-terminal coil,connect the negative lead to theinternal metallic ring at either endof the coil.
5 Momentarily connect the positive lead from themultimeter to the positive terminal on the 9V DCbattery. Note and record the amperage reading.
6 At the battery or coil terminals, reverse theconnections. Note and record the currentreading.
Result: Both current readings are greater than0 mA and are different by a minimum of 20%.The coil is good.
Result: If one or both of the current readings are0 mA, or if the two current readings do not differby a minimum of 20%, the coil and/or itsinternal diode are faulty and the coil should bereplaced.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 53
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AFuel and Hydraulic Tanks
10-1Fuel Tank
How to Remove the Fuel Tank1 Raise the secondary boom so the upper pivot is
approximately 12 feet / 4 m off the ground.
2 Gasoline/LPG models: Turn the LPG shutoffvalve to the closed position on the LPG tank.
3 Gasoline/LPG models: Remove the LPG hosefrom the tank and then remove the tank fromthe machine.
4 Gasoline/LPG models: Remove the mountingfasteners from the LPG bottle bracket thenremove the bracket from the machine.
5 Turn the manual fuel shutoff valve (if equipped)to the closed position on the fuel tank.
6 Using an approved hand-operated pump, drainthe fuel tank into a suitable container. Refer toSection 2, Specifications.
Explosion and fire hazard. Enginefuels are combustible. Remove thefuel tank in an open, well-ventilated area away from heaters,sparks, flames and lightedtobacco. Always have anapproved fire extinguisher withineasy reach.
Explosion and fire hazard. Whentransferring fuel, connect agrounding wire between themachine and pump or container.
Be sure to only use a hand-operated pump suitable for usewith gasoline and diesel fuel.
7 Tag, disconnect and plug the fuel hoses fromthe fuel tank. Cap the fittings on the fuel tank.Clean up any fuel that may have spilled.
8 Metal fuel tank: Remove the fuel tank strapretaining fasteners located under the tankmounting tray.
Plastic fuel tank: Remove the fuel tankretaining plate fasteners at the bulkhead.
9 Remove the fuel tank from the machine usingan appropriate lifting device.
Metal fuel tank: Clean the fueltank and inspect for rust andcorrosion before installing.
Plastic fuel tank: Clean the fueltank and inspect for cracks anddamage before installing.
4 - 54 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
10-2Hydraulic Tank
The primary functions of the hydraulic tank are tocool, clean and deaereate the hydraulic fluid duringoperation. It utilizes internal suction strainers forthe pump supply suction lines and has an externalreturn line filter.
How to Remove the HydraulicTank1 Place a suitable container under the hydraulic
tank. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
2 Close the two hydraulic tank shut-off valves atthe hydraulic tank.
Component damage hazard. Theengine must not be started withthe hydraulic tank shut-off valvesin the closed position orcomponent damage will occur. Ifthe tank valves are closed,remove the key from the keyswitch and tag the machine toinform personnel of the condition.
FUEL AND HYDRAULIC TANKS
3 Remove the drain plug from the hydraulic tankand completely drain the tank into a containerof suitable capacity. Refer to Section 2,Specifications.
Bodily injury hazard. Beware ofhot oil. Contact with hot oil maycause severe burns.
4 Tag, disconnect and plug the hoses from thereturn filter. Cap the fittings on the return filter.
5 Tag, disconnect and plug the suction hosesfrom the bottom of the tank. Cap the fittings.
6 Remove the fasteners from the hydraulic tankhold down straps. Remove the straps.
7 Remove the turntable cover using a suitablelifting device.
Crushing hazard. The turntablecover could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedwhen removed from the machine.
8 Support and secure the hydraulic tank to asuitable lifting device. Remove the hydraulictank from the machine.
Crushing hazard. The hydraulictank could become unbalancedand fall if not properly supportedwhen removed from the machine.
open closed
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 4 - 55
June 2007 Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV A
11-1Rotation Hydraulic Motor
The turntable rotation hydraulic motor is the onlyserviceable component of the turntable rotationassembly. The worm gear may not be removedfrom the housing. In order to remove the housing,the entire turntable assembly has to be removed.
How to Remove the TurntableRotation Motor
Do not allow the turntable to rotateuntil the hydraulic motor isinstalled.
1 Tag, disconnect and plug the hydraulic hosesfrom the turntable rotation motor. Cap thefittings on the motor.
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
2 Remove the turntable rotation motor mountingfasteners. Remove the motor from the wormgear housing.
Turntable Rotation Components
4 - 56 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 4 • Repair Procedures
REV AAxle Components
12-1Hub and Bearings, 2WD Models
How to Remove theHub and Bearings1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Do not remove
them.
2 Block the non-steer wheels and place a liftingjack of ample capacity under the steer axle.
3 Raise the machine 6 inches / 15 cm and placeblocks under the drive chassis for support.
Crushing damage. The machinemay fall if not properly supported.
4 Remove the lug nuts. Remove the tire andwheel assembly.
5 Remove the dust cap, cotter pin and castle nut.
6 Pull the hub off the spindle. The washer andouter bearing should fall loose from the hub.
7 Place the hub on a flat surface and gently prythe bearing seal out of the hub. Remove therear bearing.
How to Install theHub and Bearings
When replacing a wheel bearing,both the inner and outer bearings,including the pressed-in races,must be replaced.
1 Be sure that both bearings are packedwith clean, fresh grease.
2 Place the large inner bearing into the rearof the hub.
3 Install a new bearing grease seal into the hubby pressing it evenly into the hub until it is flush.
Always replace the bearing greaseseal when removing the hub.
4 Slide the hub onto the yoke spindle.
Component damage. Do notapply excessive force or damageto the lip of the seal may occur.
5 Fill the hub cavity with clean, fresh grease.
6 Place the outer bearing into the hub.
7 Install the washer and castle nut.
8 Tighten the castle nut to 158 ft-lbs / 214 Nm toseat the bearings.
Rotate the hub by hand whiletorquing the castle nut to makesure the bearings seat properly.
9 Loosen the castle nut one full turn and thentorque to 35 ft-lbs / 47 Nm.
10 Install a new cotter pin. Bend the cotter pinto lock it in.
Always use a new cotter pin wheninstalling a castle nut.
11 Install the dust cap, then the tire and wheelassembly. Torque the wheel lug nuts tospecification. Refer to Section 2, Specifications.
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 1
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Schematics
Observe and Obey:
Troubleshooting and repair procedures shall becompleted by a person trained and qualified onthe repair of this machine.
Immediately tag and remove from service adamaged or malfunctioning machine.
Repair any machine damage or malfunctionbefore operating the machine.
Before Troubleshooting:
Read, understand and obey the safety rulesand operating instructions printed in theappropriate Genie Z-34/22 IC Operator'sManual on your machine.
Be sure that all necessary tools and testequipment are available and ready for use.
About This SectionThere are two groups of schematics in this section.An illustration legend precedes each group ofdrawings.
Electrical Schematics
Electrocution hazard. Contact withelectrically charged circuits couldresult in death or serious injury.Remove all rings, watches andother jewelry.
Hydraulic Schematics
Bodily injury hazard. Sprayinghydraulic oil can penetrate andburn skin. Loosen hydraulicconnections very slowly to allowthe oil pressure to dissipategradually. Do not allow oil to squirtor spray.
General Repair Process
Malfunctiondiscovered
Identifysymptoms
Troubleshoot
Performrepair
Return toservice problem
solved
problemstill exists
Inspectand test
5 - 2 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
Electrical Symbols LegendREV A
+
-
12V
Battery
OR
G/B
LK
-1
Wire color
with cable
number
15AMP.
Circuit breaker
Connection
no terminal
P1
red Emergency
Stop button
normally closed
KS1
GRND
PLAT
Key switch
Solenoid or
relay coil
Horn or alarm
Tilt sensor
NC
LS2
Limit switch
normally closed
held open
NO
LS1
Limit switch
normally open
held closed
HORN P4
Horn button
normally open
T-circuits
connect
L1 DE
Light
Quick disconnect
terminal
Diode
REDBLK
FS1
Foot switch
CR4
Relay contact
normally open
TS3
STA
RT
EN
GIN
E
Toggle switch SPDT
Circuits crossing
no connection
TS6
RIG
HT
LE
FT
Toggle switch DPDT
Auxiliary pump
AUX.
PUMP
Limit switch
NO
LS3
NC
Rotary OEM
flow control
WH
T
GRN
RED
BP1
BLK/RED
Spark plug
Water temperature
switch, normally open
WT
S1
N.O
.
VAC
Vacuum switch
normaly open
BLK #21TB21
T-circuits connect
at terminal
TB20
Terminal
BL
K
GR
N/B
LK
TB17
Ground
supression
circuit
Drive control
X
B
R
DP1
_
A
+
R L
R L
STEER
PWR
GND
FWD
REV
BRK REL
OFF LIMIT
D C
DRIVE
LIFT
250
Resistor
HM
Hour meter
Oil pressure switch,
normally closed
OPS1 N.C.
Gauge
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 3
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Symbols LegendREV A
Pressure gauge
Fixed displacement
pump
Bi-directional motor
E
Pump prime mover
engine or motor
Double acting
cylinder
Orifice with size
0.035
Check valve
Relief valve
Solenoid operated
dump valve
Differential
sensing valve
Solenoid operated
proportional valve
Variable orifice or
shut off valve
Solenoid operated 2 pos.,
3 way, directional valve
Pilot operated flow
control valve
Solenoid operated 3 pos.,
4 way, directional valve
(D01)
Sequencing valve
Counterbalance valve
Priority
flow divider
Filter
Pressure switch
N.C.COM
N.O.
Brake
2-speed,
bi-directional motor
Bi-directional, variable
displacement pump
Flow divider combiner
Shuttle valve
5 - 4 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
5 - 5 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34D1E
WH
T#
21
-E.H
.
RE
D-E
.H.
OR
G/B
LK
#4
1-E
.H.
RE
D/B
LK
#2
8-E
.H.
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-E
.H.
RE
D#
27
-E.H
.
BL
K/R
ED
EX
CT.
BA
TT
ER
Y
-
+
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
GL
OW
PL
UG
S
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
HO
RN
-
BA
T.
_
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
BL
K/R
ED
#R
4-E
.H.
IND
.
BA
T.
+
STA
.
BL
K#
R5
-E.H
.
CR4
NO
CR5 CR5
NO
PR1PR1
OPS1 WTS1
NO
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SE
ND
ER
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
NC
GL
OW
PL
UG
RE
LA
Y
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SE
ND
ER
WH
T/B
LK
#2
5E
.H.
WH
T
BL
K/W
HT
WN
T/R
ED
#2
6E
.H.
CR8
RP
MC
OIL
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
RP
MC
UT
OU
TC
OIL
RE
LA
Y
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
RIG
HT
CR4
CR3
FB
WH
T/B
LK
#5
-E.H
.
WH
T#
4-E
.H.
NO
CR1
TB22KS1
RE
D#
20
-E.H
.R
ED
TB20
CB1
10A
10A
TB27
OR
G/B
LK
-1
RED
TB41TB9
TB28TB23
P1
RED
GRND
REDPLAT
RE
D
TS15
WH
T-2
RE
D/B
LK
-1
BL
K/R
ED
-3
RE
D-1
CB2
BL
K-2
P3
HORN
RE
D
TS1
P2 FS1
BLK
RED
TB34
TB33
TB24
1
10
5
6
7
8
9
4
3
2
BL
K#
R1
-E.H
.
CR1
TB21
NO
CR2
CR2
KEY BYPASS
IGN./FUEL ON
ENG. FAULT
GROUND
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
START INPUT
AUX. ON IGNITION/
START
MODULE
START RELAY
TACHOMETER
TS16
BL
K
BL
K-1
TS17
BL
K/R
ED
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-E
.H.
TB35
TB4
TB5
HIG
HR
PM
BL
K/R
ED
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-3
TS20
TS19
WH
T-3
TS2 TS3 TS5 TS6
CR3
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PO
WE
R
WHT
BL
U/W
HT
-1
BL
K/W
HT
#4
1-E
.H.
CR8
SELECT (OPTION)
LIFT/DRIVE
TS27
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PO
WE
R
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
GL
OW
PL
UG
GL
OW
PL
UG
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
HIG
HR
PM
FU
NC
TIO
N
EN
AB
LE
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HT
SW
ING
LE
FT
RIG
HT
HM
AUX
PUMP
STARTER
ORG/BLK
WHT-FS
RED
RED
RED
RED
GND
GND
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 6
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
DE
CE
NT
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
AL
)
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MU
P
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MD
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DW
N
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
BL
U#
10
-E.H
.
A3
BL
U/B
LK
#11
-E.H
.
RE
D/B
LK
#2
-E.H
.
RE
D#
1-E
.H.
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
BL
K/W
HT
#8
-E.H
.
BL
K#
7-E
.H.
OR
G/B
LK
#1
5-E
.H.
OR
G#
14
-E.H
.
DR
IVE
ED
C
BR
N-6
BR
N-7
BO
OM
UP
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
BO
OM
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
JIB
BO
OM
ST
EE
RR
IGH
T
ST
EE
RL
EF
T
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
WH
T-6
WH
T-7
NC
LS1
NO
LS2
WH
T/R
ED
-E.H
.
TB40
TB29 TB37
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
GR
OU
ND
TB12
WHT#12-E.H.
NCNO
LS3
BL
K-3
TB10
TB11 TB2
TB1
BL
U/B
LK
-3
TS21
BL
U-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
TS22
RE
D-3
TB8
TB7
TB15
TB14
TB17
TB18
ORG-JIB
BLU-JIB
OR
G/B
LK
-3
TS23 TS24
OR
G-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
TS25
BLK-JIB
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
WHT-JIB
TS7 TS8 TS9 TS10
BR
N-J
IB
TS11
RED
TB44
TB43
TB6
TB36 TB32 TB31
WH
T/R
ED
-3
TS26
OR
G-1
WH
T/B
LK
-1
WH
T/R
ED
-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D/W
HT
-1
RED
BL
U-1
TB30 TB13
BL
U/R
ED
-3
BR
N-2
BL
U/W
HT
-3
WH
T-1
AOEM
CONTROL
FLOW
R
+
-
X
10
9
6
8
7
5
BP1
ROTARY
HORSE
POWER
LIMITER
BOARD
3
4
2
1
RE
D/W
HT
R2
25
0
HIG
H
RE
DL
OW
7
8
5
4
6
TS13
DP1
2
3
1
L1
TS14
4
R1
BL
K-5
BR
N-5
RE
D-5
WH
T-5
RE
D/W
HT
#2
5-E
.H.
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-E
.H.
BL
U#
36
-E.H
.
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-E
.H.
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-E
.H.
LS4
NO
BR
N-8
WH
T-8
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MU
PL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS2
NC
CR9CR10
CR9CR10
CUT-OUT (OPTION)
PLATFORM LEVEL
BL
K-6
RE
D-6
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HT J
IBB
OO
M
DO
WN
UP
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
D.E.
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HTP
LA
TF
OR
ML
EV
EL
DO
WN
UP
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
ORG/BLK
WHT-FS
RED
RED
RED
RED
GND
GND
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
5 - 7 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
WH
T#
21
-EH
RE
D-E
H
OR
G/B
LK
-EH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
8-M
H
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-M
H
RE
D#
27
-EH
BL
K/R
ED
EX
CT.
+
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
GL
OW
PL
UG
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
HO
RN
BA
T.
_
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PU
MP
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
BL
K/R
ED
#R
4-E
H
IND
.
BA
T.
+
STA
.
BL
K#
R5
-MH
CR4
CR5 PR1
OPS1 WTS1
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
GL
OW
PL
UG
RE
LA
Y
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
WH
T-E
H
WH
T
BL
K/W
HT
WH
T-E
H
CR8
RP
MC
OIL
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
N
RP
MC
OIL
CU
TO
UT
RE
LA
Y
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
RIG
HT
CR4
CR3
FB
WH
T/B
LK
#5
-CH
WH
T#
4-C
H
CR1
TB22KS1
RE
D#
CB
1-E
HR
ED
CB1
10A
10A
TB27
RED
TB9
TB28
TB23
P1
RED
GRND
REDPLAT
RE
D
TS15
WH
T-2
RE
D/B
LK
-1
BL
K/R
ED
-3
RE
D-1
CB2
BL
K-2 P3
HORN
RE
D
TS1
P2 FS1
BLK
RED
TB34TB33
1
10
5
6
7
8
9
4
3
2
BL
K#
R1
-EH
TB21
CR2
KEY BYPASS
IGN./FUEL ON
ENG. FAULT
GROUND
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
START INPUT
AUX. ON IGNITION/
START
MODULE
START RELAY
TACHOMETER
TS16
BL
K
BL
K-1
TS17B
LK
/RE
D#
R3
TB35
TB4
TB5
HIG
HR
PM
BL
K/R
ED
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-3
TS20
TS19
WH
T-3
TS2 TS3
TS5
TS6
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PU
MP
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PU
MP
WHT
BL
K/W
HT
-1
BL
K/W
HT
#R
8-E
H
CR8
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
RED
WHT-FS
RED
FS-HILO
HI
EN
GIN
ER
PM
ORG/BLK
+12V
GR
N/W
HT
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
TB45
GR
N/W
HT
-1
ON
TS15
A1
+
ES34D1G
STA
RT
HIG
HR
PM
HIG
HR
PM
GL
OW
PL
UG
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
RIG
HT
TS6
LE
FT
HM
STARTERAUX
PUMP
STA
RT
GL
OW
PL
UG
RED
RED
FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E
RIG
HT
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
_
RED
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
OP
TIO
N
GND
GND
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 8
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
DE
CE
NT
AL
AR
M
OP
TIO
N
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
BL
U#
10
-MH
+
BL
U/B
LK
#11
-MH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
-MH
RE
D#
1-M
H
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
BL
K/W
HT
#8
-MH
BL
K#
7-M
H
OR
G/B
LK
#1
5-M
H
OR
G#
14
-MH
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
JIB
DO
WN
ST
EE
RR
IGH
T
ST
EE
RL
EF
T
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
WH
T-8
LS2
2
WH
T/R
ED
-MH
TB29
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
GR
OU
ND
TB12
LS3
BL
K-3
TB10
TB11 TB2
TB1
BL
U/B
LK
-3
TS21
BL
U-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
TS22
RE
D-3
TB8
TB7
TB15
TB14
TB17
TB18
ORG-JIB
BLU-JIB
OR
G/B
LK
-3
TS23 TS24
OR
G-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
TS25
BLK-JIB
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
WHT-JIB
TS7 TS8 TS9 TS10 TS11 TS12
TB44
TB43
TB6
TB32 TB30
WH
T/R
ED
-3
TS26
OR
G-1
WH
T/B
LK
-1
WH
T-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D/W
HT
-1
BL
U-1
TB16 TB13
BL
U/R
ED
-3
BR
N-2
OR
G/R
ED
-3
AOEM
CONTROL
FLOW
R
+
-
X
BP1
ROTARY
X
B
R
DP1
_
A
+
L1
TS14
BL
K-5
BR
N-5
RE
D-5
WH
T-5
RE
D/W
HT
#2
5-C
H
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-C
H
WH
T#
30
-EH
LS2
CR9
CR10
CR9CR10
CUT-OUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
PLATFORM LEVEL
OR
G-6
RE
D-6
LS4
R L
R L
STEER
ORG/RED
BRNPWR
GND
FWD
REV
BRK REL
OFF LIMIT
D C
DRIVE
LIFT
+
WH
T/R
ED
-1
TB31
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-E
HD
RIV
ER
EV
ER
SE
BL
U#
36
-MH
TB36TB37
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-M
H
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TB49
TB50
TB40
BRN-JIB
WH
T
RED
WHT-FS
RED
RED
BL
K-8
BL
K-7
BL
K-6
WH
T-7
BOOM
PRIMARY
SECONDARY
EXTEND
LOW
TS13
HIGH
JP1 (REMOVE FOR CE VERSION)
DRIVE
ENABLE
LIGHT
WH
T-6
ORG
OR
G
A3
A2
OP
TIO
N
+
WH
T/R
ED
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
3
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
RIG
HT
JIB
UP
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM ROTATED PAST EITHER NON-STEER WHEEL.
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM EXTENDED.
1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION EXCEPT AS NOTED.
NOTES:
2
3
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
ES
UP
DO
WN
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
BL
U/W
HT
-3
LS1
RED
RED
GND
GND
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 9 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
WH
T#
21
-EH
RE
D-E
H
OR
G/B
LK
-EH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
8-M
H
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-M
H
RE
D#
27
-EH
BL
K/R
ED
EX
CT.
+
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
GL
OW
PL
UG
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
HO
RN
BA
T.
_
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PU
MP
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
BL
K/R
ED
#R
4-E
H
IND
.
BA
T.
+
STA
.
BL
K#
R5
-MH
CR4
CR5 PR1
OPS1 WTS1
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
GL
OW
PL
UG
RE
LA
Y
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
WH
T-E
H
BR
N
BL
K/W
HT
WH
T-E
H
CR8
RP
MC
OIL
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
N
OP
TIO
N
RP
MC
OIL
CU
TO
UT
RE
LA
Y
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
RIG
HT
CR4
CR3
FB
WH
T/B
LK
#5
-CH
WH
T#
4-C
H
CR1
TB22KS1
RE
D#
CB
1-E
HR
ED
CB1
10A
10A
TB27
RED
TB9
TB28
TB23
P1
RED
GRND
REDPLAT
RE
D
TS51
WH
T-2
RE
D/B
LK
-1
BL
K/R
ED
-3
RE
D-1
CB2
BL
K-2 P3
HORN
RE
D
TS1
P2 FS1
BLK
RED
TB34TB33
1
10
5
6
7
8
9
4
3
2
BL
K#
R1
-EH
TB21
CR2
KEY BYPASS
IGN./FUEL ON
ENG. FAULT
GROUND
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
START INPUT
AUX. ON IGNITION/
START
MODULE
START RELAY
TACHOMETER
TS52
BL
K
BL
K-1
TS56B
LK
/RE
D#
R3
TB35
TB4
TB5
HIG
HR
PM
BL
K/R
ED
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-3
TS62
TS54
WH
T-3
TS2 TS6
TS4
TS12
AUXILIARY
PUMP
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PU
MP
WHT
BL
K/W
HT
-1
BL
K/W
HT
#R
8-E
H
CR8
FU
EL
SO
LE
NO
ID
RED
WHT-FS
RED
FS-HILO
HI
EN
GIN
ER
PM
ORG/BLK
+12V
GR
N/W
HT
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
TB45
GR
N/W
HT
-1
ON
TS47
A1
+
ES34D1L
STA
RT
HIG
HR
PM
HIG
HR
PM
GL
OW
PL
UG
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
RIG
HT
LE
FT
HM
STARTERAUX
PUMP
STA
RT
GL
OW
PL
UG
RED
RED
FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E
RIG
HT
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
_
RED
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
OP
TIO
N
VO
LT
ME
TE
RG
AU
GE
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
GA
UG
E
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
GA
UG
E
WH
T/B
LK
-EH
WN
T/R
ED
-EH
WH
T
WH
T
WH
T
BR
N
WH
T
GND
GND
Added after serial
number 2266
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
DE
CE
NT
AL
AR
M
OP
TIO
N
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
BL
U#
10
-MH
+
BL
U/B
LK
#11
-MH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
-MH
RE
D#
1-M
H
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
BL
K/W
HT
#8
-MH
BL
K#
7-M
H
OR
G/B
LK
#1
5-M
H
OR
G#
14
-MH
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
JIB
DO
WN
ST
EE
RR
IGH
T
ST
EE
RL
EF
T
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
WH
T-8
LS1
2
WH
T/R
ED
-MH
TB29
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
GR
OU
ND
TB12
LS3
BL
K-3
TB10
TB11 TB2
TB1
BL
U/B
LK
-3
TS60
BL
U-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
TS61
RE
D-3
TB8
TB7
TB15
TB14
TB17
TB18
ORG-JIB
BLU-JIB
OR
G/B
LK
-3
TS63 TS59
OR
G-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
TS57
BLK-JIB
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
WHT-JIB
TS10 TS11 TS13 TS9 TS7 TS8
TB44
TB43
TB6
TB32 TB30
WH
T/R
ED
-3
TS58O
RG
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-1
WH
T-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D/W
HT
-1
BL
U-1
TB16 TB13
BL
U/R
ED
-3
BR
N-2
OR
G/R
ED
-3
AOEM
CONTROL
FLOW
R
+
-
X
BP1
ROTARY
X
B
R
DP1
_
A
+
L1
TS15
BL
K-5
BR
N-5
RE
D-5
WH
T-5
RE
D/W
HT
#2
5-C
H
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-C
H
WH
T#
30
-EH
LS2
CR9
CR10
CR9CR10
CUT-OUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
PLATFORM LEVEL
OR
G-6
RE
D-6
LS4
R L
R L
STEER
ORG/RED
BRNPWR
GND
FWD
REV
BRK REL
OFF LIMIT
D C
DRIVE
LIFT
+
WH
T/R
ED
-1
TB31
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-E
HD
RIV
ER
EV
ER
SE
BL
U#
36
-MH
TB36TB37
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-M
H
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TB49
TB50
TB40
BRN-JIB
WH
T
RED
WHT-FS
RED
RED
BL
K-8
BL
K-7
BL
K-6
WH
T-7
BOOM
PRIMARY
SECONDARY
EXTEND
LOW
TS14
HIGH
JP1 (REMOVE FOR CE VERSION)
DRIVE
ENABLE
LIGHT
WH
T-6
ORG
OR
G
A3
A2
+
WH
T/R
ED
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
OP
TIO
N
3
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
RIG
HT
JIB
UP
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM ROTATED PAST EITHER NON-STEER WHEEL.
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM EXTENDED.
1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION EXCEPT AS NOTED.
NOTES:
2
3
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
ES
UP
DO
WN
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
BL
U/W
HT
-3
LS2
GND
GND
RED
RED
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Electrical Schematic - Diesel Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 11 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
RE
D/B
LK
#R
6-E
.H.
WH
T#
21
-E.H
.
RE
D-E
.H.
OR
G/B
LK
#4
1-E
.H.
RE
D/B
LK
#2
8-E
.H.
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-E
.H.
RE
D#
27
-E.H
.
BL
K/R
ED
EX
CT.
BA
TT
ER
Y
-
+
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
CH
OK
ES
OL
EN
OID
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
HO
RN
BA
T.
_
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
BL
K/R
ED
#R
4-E
.H.
BL
K/W
HT
#R
8-E
.H.
IND
.
BA
T.
+
STA
.
BL
K#
R5
-E.H
.
CR8 CR4NO
CR5
NO
PR1
NO
CR6
BL
U/W
HT
#R
6-E
.H.
OPS1 WTS1
NO
IGN
ITIO
NS
YS
TE
M
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SE
ND
ER
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
NC
CH
OK
ER
EL
AY
FU
EL
PU
MP
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SE
ND
ER
WH
T/B
LK
#2
5E
.H.
WH
T
DISTRIBUTOR
G
-
+
COILB
LK
/WH
T
WN
T/R
ED
#2
6E
.H.
CR8
RP
MC
OIL
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
NS
FU
EL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
RE
LA
Y
AN
TI-D
IES
EL
VA
LV
E
LP
GS
OL
EN
OID
RP
MC
UT
OU
TC
OIL
RE
LA
Y
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
RIG
HT
CR4
BL
U/W
HT
#R
6-E
.H.
BL
U/R
ED
#R
7-E
.H.
CR7CR6
NO
CR7
CR3
FB
WH
T/B
LK
#5
-E.H
.
WH
T#
4-E
.H.
NO
CR1
TB22KS1
BL
K/R
ED
RE
D#
20
-E.H
.R
ED
TB20CB1
10 AMP.
10 AMP.
TB27
OR
G/B
LK
-1
RED
TB41
TB9
TB28
TB23
P1
RED
GRND
REDPLAT
RE
D
TS15
WH
T-2
RE
D/B
LK
-1
BL
K/R
ED
-3
RE
D-1
CB2
BL
K-2 P3
HORN
RE
D
TS1
P2 FS1
BLK
RED
TB38
TS18
TB34TB33
TB24
1
10
5
6
7
8
9
4
3
2
BL
K#
R1
-E.H
.
TB21
NO
CR2
KEY BYPASS
IGN./FUEL ON
ENG. FAULT
GROUND
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
START INPUT
AUX. ONIGN./START
MODULE
START RELAY
TACHOMETER
TS16
BL
K
BL
K/W
HT
-1
BL
K-1
TS17
BL
K/R
ED
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-E
.H.
VAC
TB35
TB4
TB5
HIG
HR
PM
BL
U/W
HT
-1
BL
U/R
ED
-1
TB39
BL
K/R
ED
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-3
TS20
TS19
WH
T-3
TS2TS3
TS4TS5
TS6
CR3
WH
T#
21
-E.H
.
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PO
WE
R
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PO
WE
R
WHT-FS
NO
TS27
LIFT/DRIVE
SELECT (OPTION)
SW
ING
LE
FT
RIG
HT
SW
ING
LE
FT
RIG
HT
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
HIG
HR
PM
GA
S
FU
EL
LP
GA
S
FU
EL
LP
EN
GIN
E
CH
OK
E
EN
GIN
E
CH
OK
E
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
STARTER
ES34GP1E
EN
GIN
ES
PE
ED
HMAUX
PUMP
WHT-FS
ORG/BLK
RED
RED
RED
RED
GND
GND
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
DE
CE
NT
AL
AR
M(O
PT
ION
AL
)
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MU
P
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MD
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DW
N
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
BL
U#
10
-E.H
.
A3
BL
U/B
LK
#11
-E.H
.
RE
D/B
LK
#2
-E.H
.
RE
D#
1-E
.H.
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
BL
K/W
HT
#8
-E.H
.
BL
K#
7-E
.H.
OR
G/B
LK
#1
5-E
.H.
OR
G#
14
-E.H
.
DR
IVE
ED
C
BR
N-6
BR
N-7
BO
OM
UP
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
BO
OM
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
JIB
BO
OM
ST
EE
RR
IGH
T
ST
EE
RL
EF
T
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
WH
T-6
WH
T-7
NC
LS1
NO
LS2
WH
T/R
ED
-E.H
.
TB40
TB29 TB37
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
GR
OU
ND
TB12
WHT#12-E.H.
NCNO
LS3
BL
K-3
TB10
TB11 TB2
TB1
BL
U/B
LK
-3
TS21
BL
U-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
TS22
RE
D-3
TB8
TB7
TB15
TB14
TB17
TB18
ORG-JIB
BLU-JIB
OR
G/B
LK
-3
TS23 TS24
OR
G-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
TS25
BLK-JIB
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
WHT-JIB
TS7 TS8 TS9 TS10
BR
N-J
IB
TS11
RED
TB44
TB43
TB6
TB36 TB32 TB31
WH
T/R
ED
-3
TS26
OR
G-1
WH
T/B
LK
-1
WH
T/R
ED
-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D/W
HT
-1
RED
BL
U-1
TB30 TB13
BL
U/R
ED
-3
BR
N-2
BL
U/W
HT
-3
WH
T-1
AOEM
CONTROL
FLOW
R
+
-
X
10
9
6
8
7
5
BP1
ROTARY
HORSE
POWER
LIMITER
BOARD
3
4
2
1
RE
D/W
HT
R2
25
0
HIG
H
RE
DL
OW
7
8
5
4
6
TS13
DP1
2
3
1
L1
TS14
4
R1
BL
K-5
BR
N-5
RE
D-5
WH
T-5
RE
D/W
HT
#2
5-E
.H.
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-E
.H.
BL
U#
36
-E.H
.
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-E
.H.
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-E
.H.
LS4
NO
BR
N-8
WH
T-8
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MU
PL
IMIT
SW
ITC
H
LS2
NC
CR9CR10
CR9CR10
CUT-OUT (OPTION)
PLATFORM LEVEL
BL
K-6
RE
D-6
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HT J
IBB
OO
M
DO
WN
UP
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
D.E.
JIB
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HTP
LA
TF
OR
ML
EV
EL
DO
WN
UP
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
EX
TE
ND
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
UP
ORG/BLK
WHT-FS
RED
RED
RED
RED
GND
GND
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 13 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
WH
T#
21
-EH
RE
D-E
H
OR
G/B
LK
-EH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
8-M
H
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-M
H
RE
D#
27
-EH
BL
K/R
ED
EX
CT.
_
+
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
CH
OK
ES
OL
EN
OID
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
HO
RN
BA
T.
_
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
BL
K/R
ED
#R
4-E
H
BL
K/W
HT
#R
8-E
H
IND
.
BA
T.
+
STA
.
BL
K#
R5
-MH
CR8 CR4CR5 PR1
CR6
BL
U/W
HT
#R
6-E
H
OPS1 WTS1
IGN
ITIO
NS
YS
TE
M
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
CH
OK
ER
EL
AY
FU
EL
PU
MP
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
WH
T-E
H
WH
T
DISTRIBUTOR
G
-
+
COIL
BL
K/W
HT
#R
8
WH
T-E
H
CR8
RP
MR
EL
AY
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
N
FU
EL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
RE
LA
Y
AN
TI-D
IES
EL
VA
LV
E
LP
GS
OL
EN
OID
RP
MC
UT
OU
TC
OIL
RE
LA
Y
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
RIG
HT
CR4
BL
U/W
HT
#R
6-E
H
BL
U/R
ED
#R
7-E
H
CR7CR6
CR7
CR3
FB
WH
T/B
LK
#5
-CH
WH
T#
4-C
H
CR1
TB22KS1
RE
D#
CB
1-E
HR
ED
CB1
10A
10A
RED
TB9
TB28
TB23
P1
RED
GRND
REDPLAT
RE
D
TS15
WH
T-2
RE
D/B
LK
-1
BL
K/R
ED
-3
RE
D-1
CB2
BL
K-2
P3
HORN
RE
D
P2 FS1
BLK
RED
TB38
TS18
TB34TB33
1
10
5
6
7
8
9
4
3
2
BL
K#
R1
-EH
TB21
CR2
KEY BYPASS
IGN./FUEL ON
ENG. FAULT
GROUND
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
START INPUT
AUX. ON
IGNITION/
START
MODULE
START RELAY
TACHOMETER
TS16
BL
K
BL
K/W
HT
-1
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
TS17B
LK
/RE
D#
R3
TB35
TB4
TB5
HIG
HR
PM
BL
U/W
HT
-1
BL
U/R
ED
-1
TB39
BL
K/R
ED
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-3
TS20
TS19
WH
T-3
TS2 TS3 TS4 TS5 TS6
CR3
WH
T#
21
-EH
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PO
WE
R
AU
XIL
IAR
Y
PO
WE
R
WHT
WHT
RED
WHT-FS
RED
ORG/BLK
TB27
TS1
GA
S
LP
FU
EL
SE
LE
CT
FU
EL
SE
LE
CT
LP
GA
S
HILO
FS-HI
+12V
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ON
TS15
GR
N/W
HT
TB45
GE
NE
RA
TO
RO
PT
ION
GR
N/W
HT
-1
+
A1
HM
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
CH
OK
E EN
GIN
E
SP
EE
D
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HT
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HT
FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E
LO
WR
PM
CH
OK
E
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
RED
RED
GND
GND
ES34GP1J
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
DE
CE
NT
AL
AR
M
OP
TIO
N
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
BL
U#
10
-MH
+
BL
U/B
LK
#11
-MH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
-MH
RE
D#
1-M
H
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
BL
K/W
HT
#8
-MH
BL
K#
7-M
H
OR
G/B
LK
#1
5-M
H
OR
G#
14
-MH
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
JIB
DO
WN
ST
EE
RR
IGH
T
ST
EE
RL
EF
T
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
WH
T-8
LS2
2
WH
T/R
ED
-MH
TB29
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
GR
OU
ND
TB12
LS3
BL
K-3
TB10
TB11 TB2
TB1
BL
U/B
LK
-3
TS21
BL
U-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
TS22
RE
D-3
TB8
TB7
TB15
TB14
TB17
TB18
ORG-JIB
BLU-JIB
OR
G/B
LK
-3
TS23 TS24
OR
G-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
TS25
BLK-JIB
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
WHT-JIB
TS7 TS8 TS9 TS10 TS11 TS12
TB44
TB43
TB6
TB32 TB30
WH
T/R
ED
-3
TS26O
RG
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-1
WH
T-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D/W
HT
-1
BL
U-1
TB16 TB13
BL
U/R
ED
-3
BR
N-2
OR
G/R
ED
-3
AOEM
CONTROL
FLOW
R
+
-
X
BP1
ROTARY
X
B
R
DP1
_
A
+
L1
TS14
BL
K-5
BR
N-5
RE
D-5
WH
T-5
RE
D/W
HT
#2
5-C
H
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-C
H
WH
T#
30
-EH
LS2
CR9
CR10
CR9CR10
CUT-OUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
PLATFORM LEVEL
OR
G-6
RE
D-6
LS4
R L
R L
STEER
ORG/RED
BRNPWR
GND
FWD
REV
BRK REL
OFF LIMIT
D C
DRIVE
LIFT
+
WH
T/R
ED
-1
TB31
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-E
HD
RIV
ER
EV
ER
SE
BL
U#
36
-MH
TB36TB37
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-M
H
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TB49
TB50
TB40
BRN-JIB
WH
T
RED
WHT-FS
RED
RED
BL
K-8
BL
K-7
BL
K-6
WH
T-7
BOOM
PRIMARY
SECONDARY
EXTEND
LOW
TS13
HIGH
JP1 (REMOVE FOR CE VERSION)
DRIVE
ENABLE
LIGHT
WH
T-6
ORG
OR
G
A3
A2
OP
TIO
N
+
WH
T/R
ED
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
3
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
RIG
HT
JIB
UP
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM ROTATED PAST EITHER NON-STEER WHEEL.
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM EXTENDED.
1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION EXCEPT AS NOTED.
NOTES:
2
3
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
ES
UP
DO
WN
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
BL
U/W
HT
-3
LS1
RED
RED
GND
GND
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 15 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
WH
T#
21
-EH
RE
D-E
H
OR
G/B
LK
-EH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
8-M
H
RE
D/W
HT
#2
3-M
H
RE
D#
27
-EH
BL
K/R
ED
EX
CT.
_
+
RE
GU
LA
TO
R
HO
RN
RE
LA
Y
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R
CH
OK
ES
OL
EN
OID
RP
MS
OL
EN
OID
HO
RN
BA
T.
_
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
OW
ER
RE
LA
Y
AU
XIL
IAR
YP
UM
P
LE
VE
LS
EN
SO
R
STA
RT
RE
LA
Y
BL
K/R
ED
#R
4-E
H
BL
K/W
HT
#R
8-E
H
IND
.
BA
T.
+
STA
.
BL
K#
R5
-MH
CR8 CR4CR5 PR1
CR6
BL
U/W
HT
#R
6-E
H
OPS1 WTS1
IGN
ITIO
NS
YS
TE
M
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
SW
ITC
H
PO
WE
RR
EL
AY
CH
OK
ER
EL
AY
FU
EL
PU
MP
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
SW
ITC
H
WH
T-E
H
WH
T
DISTRIBUTOR
G
-
+
COIL
BL
K/W
HT
#R
8
WH
T-E
H
CR8
RP
MR
EL
AY
FL
AS
HIN
GB
EA
CO
N
OP
TIO
N
FU
EL
RE
LA
Y
FU
EL
RE
LA
Y
AN
TI-D
IES
EL
VA
LV
E
LP
GS
OL
EN
OID
RP
MC
UT
OU
TC
OIL
RE
LA
Y
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
LE
FT
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
RIG
HT
CR4
BL
U/W
HT
#R
6-E
H
BL
U/R
ED
#R
7-E
H
CR7CR6
CR7
CR3
FB
WH
T/B
LK
#5
-CH
WH
T#
4-C
H
CR1
TB22KS1
RE
D#
CB
1-E
HR
ED
CB1
10A
10A
RED
TB9
TB28
TB23
P1
RED
GRND
REDPLAT
RE
D
TS51
WH
T-2
RE
D/B
LK
-1
BL
K/R
ED
-3
RE
D-1
CB2
BL
K-2
P3
HORN
RE
D
P2 FS1
BLK
RED
TB38
TS53
TB34TB33
1
10
5
6
7
8
9
4
3
2
BL
K#
R1
-EH
TB21
CR2
KEY BYPASS
IGN./FUEL ON
ENG. FAULT
GROUND
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
START INPUT
AUX. ON
IGNITION/
START
MODULE
START RELAY
TACHOMETER
TS52
BL
K
BL
K/W
HT
-1
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
TS56B
LK
/RE
D#
R3
TB35
TB4
TB5
HIG
HR
PM
BL
U/W
HT
-1
BL
U/R
ED
-1
TB39
BL
K/R
ED
-1
WH
T/B
LK
-3
TS62
TS54
WH
T-3
TS2 TS6 TS3 TS4 TS12
CR3
WH
T#
21
-EH
AUXILIARY
POWER
AUXILIARY
POWER
WHT
WHT
RED
WHT-FS
RED
ORG/BLK
TB27
TS1
GA
S
LP
FU
EL
SE
LE
CT
FU
EL
SE
LE
CT
LP
GA
S
HILO
FS-HI
+12V
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
R
ON
TS47
GR
N/W
HT
TB45
GE
NE
RA
TO
RO
PT
ION
GR
N/W
HT
-1
+
A1
HM
EN
GIN
E
STA
RT
CH
OK
E EN
GIN
E
SP
EE
D
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HT
TU
RN
TA
BL
E
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
RIG
HT
FU
NC
TIO
NE
NA
BL
E
LO
WR
PM
CH
OK
E
STA
RT
ER
MO
TO
R
HO
UR
ME
TE
R
GND
VO
LT
ME
TE
RG
AU
GE
OIL
PR
ES
SU
RE
GA
UG
E
WA
TE
RT
EM
PE
RA
TU
RE
GA
UG
E
WH
T/B
LK
-EH
WN
T/R
ED
-EH
WH
T
WH
T
WH
T
BR
N
BR
N
AUX
PUMP
STARTER
GND
ES34GP1L
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
DE
CE
NT
AL
AR
M
OP
TIO
N
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
BL
U#
10
-MH
+
BL
U/B
LK
#11
-MH
RE
D/B
LK
#2
-MH
RE
D#
1-M
H
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LU
P
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LD
OW
N
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
LE
FT
BL
K/W
HT
#8
-MH
BL
K#
7-M
H
OR
G/B
LK
#1
5-M
H
OR
G#
14
-MH
FL
OW
CO
NT
RO
L
JIB
DO
WN
ST
EE
RR
IGH
T
ST
EE
RL
EF
T
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
WH
T-8
LS1
2
WH
T/R
ED
-MH
TB29
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
GR
OU
ND
TB12
LS3
BL
K-3
TB10
TB11 TB2
TB1
BL
U/B
LK
-3
TS60
BL
U-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
TS61
RE
D-3
TB8
TB7
TB15
TB14
TB17
TB18
ORG-JIB
BLU-JIB
OR
G/B
LK
-3
TS63 TS59
OR
G-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
TS57
BLK-JIB
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
WHT-JIB
TS10 TS11 TS13 TS9 TS7 TS8
TB44
TB43
TB6
TB32 TB30
WH
T/R
ED
-3
TS58
OR
G-1
WH
T/B
LK
-1
WH
T-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D/W
HT
-1
BL
U-1
TB16 TB13
BL
U/R
ED
-3
BR
N-2
OR
G/R
ED
-3
AOEM
CONTROL
FLOW
R
+
-
X
BP1
ROTARY
X
B
R
DP1
_
A
+
L1
TS15
BL
K-5
BR
N-5
RE
D-5
WH
T-5
RE
D/W
HT
#2
5-C
H
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-C
H
WH
T#
30
-EH
LS2
CR9
CR10
CR9CR10
CUT-OUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
PLATFORM LEVEL
OR
G-6
RE
D-6
LS4
R L
R L
STEER
ORG/RED
BRNPWR
GND
FWD
REV
BRK REL
OFF LIMIT
D C
DRIVE
LIFT
+
WH
T/R
ED
-1
TB31
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-E
HD
RIV
ER
EV
ER
SE
BL
U#
36
-MH
TB36TB37
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-M
H
DR
IVE
FO
RW
AR
D
BR
AK
ER
EL
EA
SE
TB49
TB50
TB40
BRN-JIB
WH
T
RED
WHT-FS
RED
RED
BL
K-8
BL
K-7
BL
K-6
WH
T-7
BOOM
PRIMARY
SECONDARY
EXTEND
LOW
TS14
HIGH
JP1 (REMOVE FOR CE VERSION)
DRIVE
ENABLE
LIGHT
WH
T-6
ORG
OR
G
A3
A2
+
WH
T/R
ED
TR
AV
EL
AL
AR
M
OP
TIO
N
3
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
RIG
HT
JIB
UP
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM ROTATED PAST EITHER NON-STEER WHEEL.
SWITCH SHOWN WITH BOOM EXTENDED.
1. ALL LIMIT SWITCHES SHOWN WITH BOOM IN STOWED POSITION EXCEPT AS NOTED.
NOTES:
2
3
LIM
ITS
WIT
CH
ES
UP
DO
WN
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
MO
TO
RS
TR
OK
E
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
UP
DO
WN
JIB
BO
OM
RIG
HT
LE
FT
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
UP
DO
WN
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
L
EX
TE
ND
RE
TR
AC
T
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
SE
CO
ND
AR
Y
BO
OM
UP
DO
WN
BL
U/W
HT
-3
LS2
GND
GND
RED
RED
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Electrical Schematic - Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 17 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34D5E
RED-S.P.1RED-3 PRI. BOOM UPRED-M.H.
BRN-GRD.-R4-85
RED-27D
RED-R2-30
WHT-R2-86
WHT-24D10
9
8
7
6
5
4
BLK-33B
BLK-R1-86
ORG/BLK-41D
3
2
1
D C
ENG. FAULT
IGN./FUEL ON
KEY BYPASS
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
GROUND
AUX. ON
START INPUT
TACHOMETER
START RELAY
IGNITION/
START
MODULE
B A
ORG/RED-1
ORG/BLK-1
ORG-1
BLU/RED-1
BLU/WHT-1
BLU/BLK-1
BLU-1
BLK/RED-1
BLK/WHT-1
BLK-1
WHT/BLK-1
WHT-1
R/W-1
WHT/RED-1
RED-1
WHT-2
BLK-2
WHT-E.H.
WHT-E.H.
RED/BLK-1
GRN/WHT-3
GRN/BLK-3
ORG/RED-3
ORG-3
ORG/BLK-3
GRN-3
BLU-3
BLU/BLK-3
BLU/WHT-3
BLK-3
BLK/WHT-3
BLK/RED-3
BLU/RED-3
RED/WHT-3
WHT-3
WHT/BLK-3
RED/BLK-3
WHT/RED-3 W/R-M.H.
WHT/BLK-M.H.
RED/BLK-M.H.
WHT-M.H.
BLK/WHT-M.H.
BK/RD-CR5
BLK-M.H.
ORG/BLK-M.H.
ORG-M.H.
WHT-E.H.
WHT-5
WHT-CR2
RED-E.H.
WT/RD-E.H.
RED-E.H.
WT/RD-E.H.
WT/BK-E.H.
RD/WT-M.H.
WT-10-ISM
BLK-CR5
WT/BK-E.H.
RD/WT-E.H.
RD/BK-M.H.
RED-5
BLU/BK-M.H.
BLU-M.H.
BK-3-ISM
OG/BK-E.H.
WHT-7
DRV. ENA.
HORN
BOOM FUNCTION F.C.
BOOM EXTEND
SEC. BOOM DN
SEC. BOOM UP
12V BATT. SUPPLY
BOOM RETRACT
PLAT. LEVEL. UP
PLAT. LEVEL DN.
PLAT. ROT. L.
PLAT. ROT. R.
DRV. ENA. LT.
IGNITION PWR.
PRI. BOOM DOWN
TURN. ROT. R
TURN. ROT. L
BLU/BK-S.P.11
6
2
5
4
3
10
7
9
8
WT/RD-S.P.
WHT-S.P.
RD/BK-S.P.
RD/WT-S.P.
WT/BK-S.P.
BLU-S.P.
BLK-S.P.
BK/WT-S.P.
16
15
14
12
13
21
20
19
18
17
ORG-S.P.
OG/BK-S.P.
BLK-5
RED-S.P.
GRN-S.P.
GR/BK-S.P.
L.P.
GAS
PULSE PICKUP
LIMIT SWITCH
STEER LEFT
START
RPM
2WD/4WD
E.D.C.
E.D.C.
BRAKE
AUX. PWR.
KEYSWITCH PWR.
PWR. TO PLAT.
TILT ALARM
GLOW PLUG
WARNING SENDER
OIL PRESSURE SENDER
WATER TEMP. SENDER
STEER RIGHT
32
RD-4-ISM
25
26
24
23
22
29
30
31
27
28
RED-S.P.
BLK-S.P.
WHT-S.P.
WT/BK-S.P.
WT/RD-S.P.
BK/RD-CR3
37
36
33
34
35
BLK-CR3
42
40
41
38
39
BLK-S.P.
BK/RD-S.P.
WHT-6
GRN/WHT-1
GRN-1
JIB DOWN
JIB UP
45
44
43
RED-CR17
OG/BK-2ISM
WHT-SP-DB
WHT/RED-26A
WHT-21A
BRN (GROUND)
WHT/BLK-25A
HM
_
+
NC
NC
NO NO
CABLE
#3
ENGINE/MANIFOLD
HARNESS
CABLE
#2
CABLE
#1
CABLE
#5
CABLE
#6
CABLE
#7
WHT-23A
BLK-22A
RED-27A
BLK/RED-35A
GRN-17A
GRN/BLK-18A
BLK/WHT-8A
BLK-7A
RED-1A
RED/BLK-2A
BLU-10A
BLU/BLK-11A
WHT-4A
WHT/BLK-5A
WHT/RED-3A
RED-20A
GRN-43A
GRN/BLK-44A
ORG-14A
ORG/BLK-15A
RED-R1#30
BLK/WHT-34A
BLK-33A
GRN/BLK-1 GR/BK-S.P.
GRN-S.P.
VOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE COOLANT TEMP.BRNBLK-7
BRN-2
47
46 BRN-8BRN-5 BRN
BRN-E.H.
GROUND
GROUND
BLK/RED-R4-E.H.
WHT-9 ISM
RED-6 ISM
BLK-1-ISM
RED-CB2
BLK-22D
BLK/RED-9D
BLK-R1-E.H.
BLK-R5-M.H.
CR5
WHT-21D
CR1 CR2 CR3
BLK/RED-35D
BLK-33D
BLK/WHT-34D
BLK/WHT-R8-E.H.
CR8
CR4
P1
KS1
TS15
TS23
TS22
TS21
TS20
TS25
TS24
TS26
CB1
TS19
TS16TS17
CB2
KS1
TS15
TS16
TS25
TS19
P1
LABEL
TS22
TS23
TS20
CB1
CB2
HM
R1
TS24
BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH
CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 10A
CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 10A
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
RESISTOR, 5 OHM, BOOM FUNCTIONS
HOUR METER
PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
KEY SWITCH
ENGINE RPM TOGGLE SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ENGINE START TOGGLE SWITCH
TS17 ENGINE GLOW PLUG TOGGLE SWITCH
TS21 SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
TS26 JIB UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
R1
BRN-6
WHT-8
BLK-6
BLK-6
ORG/BLK-TB15B
ORG-TB14B
CR10 CR9
BRN-GRD
RED-6
ORG/BLK-E.H.
ORG-E.H.
PLATFORM LEVEL CUT-OUT OPTION
CABLE
#8
BK/WT-S.P.BK/WT-CR8
BLU/BLK-M.H.
BLU-M.H.
WHT-TB23B
BRN-5 ISM
ENGINE HARNESSEH
MANIFOLD HARNESSMH
(OPT)
(OPT)
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1985)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
ES34D6J
BRN-CR4
RED-27D
RED-CR8
GRN/BLK-CR2
WHT-EH10
9
8
7
6
5
4
BLK-33D
BLK-CR1
ORG/BLK-EH
3
2
1
ENG. FAULT
IGN./FUEL ON
KEY BYPASS
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
GROUND
AUX. ON
START INPUT
TACHOMETER
START RELAY
IGNITION/START
MODULE
WHT/RED-EH
WHT-21A
BRN-GND. STUD
WHT/BLK-EH
HM
-
+
NC
NC
NO NO
ENGINE/MANIFOLD/
CHASSIS HARNESS
WHT-23A
BLK-22A
RED-27A
BLK/RED-35A
GRN-17A
GRN/BLK-18A
BLK/WHT-8A
BLK-7A
RED-1A
RED/BLK-2A
BLU-10A
BLU/BLK-11A
WHT-4A
WHT/BLK-5A
WHT/RED-6A
RED-EH (12GA)
GRN-43A
GRN/BLK-44A
ORG-14A
ORG/BLK-15A
RED-CR1 (12GA)
BLK/WHT-34A
BLK-33A
VOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
P1
KS1
TS15
TS23
TS22
TS21
TS20
TS25
TS24
TS26
CB2TS19
TS16TS17
CB1
KS1
TS15
TS16
TS18
TS25
TS19
P1
LABEL
TS22
TS23
TS20
CB1
CB2
HM
TS24
BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCHTOGGLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 10A
CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 10A
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
HOUR METER
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCHTOGGLE
DESCRIPTION
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
KEY SWITCH
FUNCTION ENABLE/ENGINE RPM SWITCHTOGGLE
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ENGINE START SWITCHTOGGLE
TS17 ENGINE CHOKE SWITCHTOGGLE
TS21 SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
TS26 JIB UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
ORG/BLK-TB15B
ORG-TB14B
10 9
BRN-52C
RED-6
ORG/BLK-MH ORG-MH
CABLE
8
(LS4)
ENGINE HARNESSEH
MANIFOLD HARNESSMH
BRN-GND. STUD
BLU/BLK-MH
WHT/RED-SP
WHT/BLK-EH
WHT-SP
GRN/BLK-SP
BLK/WHT-SP
BLK/RED-SP
RED/WHT-MH
GRN/BLK-SP
ORG/BLK-SP
BLU/BLK-SP
WHT/RED-SP
BLK/WHT-SP
RED/BLK-SP
WHT/BLK-SP
WHT/RED-3
WHT/BLK-3
RED/BLK-3OPTION 3][
CD
RED-3
WHT-3
WHT/RED-MH
WHT/BLK-MH
RED/BLK-MH
B
1
2
5
6
4
RED-MH
WHT-MH
A
RED-SP
WHT-SP
RED/WHT-1
WHT/BLK-1
RED/BLK-1
WHT/RED-1
GRN/BLK-3
ORG/BLK-3
ORG/RED-3
BLU/RED-3
BLU/WHT-3
BLU/BLK-3
BLK/WHT-3
BLK/RED-3
RED-5
WHT-5
OPTION 3]
BLK/RED-CR5
BLK-5
[
BLK-3
BLU-3
*
* ORG-3
GRN-3
RED-ISM-4
WHT-CR2
BLK-2
WHT-2
[OPTION 2]
RED-1
WHT-1
BLK-1
ORG-MH *
ORG/BLK-MH *
BLU/BLK-MH
BLK/WHT-MH
9
7
8
11
10
12
BLK-MH
BLU-MH
16
15
13
14
18
17
BLU-SP
BLK-SP
GRN-SP
ORG-SP
BLK-ISM-3
RED/WHT-CH
RED/BLK-MH
22
21
27
23
23
BLK-CR5
WHT-EH
RED-EH
30
29
28
33
32
31
RED-SP
BLK-SP
WHT-SP
BLK-SP
WHT-EH
GRN/BLK-1
BLU/WHT-1
BLU/BLK-1
BLK/WHT-1
BLK/RED-1
BLU/RED-1
WHT-8WHT-6
BLK-7
BRN-5
BRN-2
BLK-8
OPTION 3]
BLK/RED-CR3
BLK/WHT-CR8
[
BLU-1
ORG-1
GRN-1
BLK-6
50
35
36
34
38
37
39
52
44
40
43
52
49
BLU-MH
GRN-SP
ORG/BLK-3
BOOM FUNCTION F.C.
TURN. ROTATE LEFT
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN
PRIMARY BOOM UP
TURN. ROTATE RIGHT
ORG-6
ORG-3
PLAT. LEVEL UP
DRIVE ENABLE RELAY
PLAT. ROTATE RIGHT
PLAT. ROTATE LEFT
PLAT. LEVEL DOWN
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
SEC. BOOM DOWN
SEC. BOOM UP
BOOM RETRACT
BOOM EXTEND
HORN
FOOTSWITCH
DRIVE REVERSE
DRIVE FORWARD
IGNITION POWER
AUXILIARY PUMP
+12V TO PLATFORM
KEYSWITCH POWER
KEYSWITCH POWER
BRAKE RELEASE
START
TILT ALARM
HIGH/LOW DRIVE
ORG/BLK-SPORG/BLK-CR10
ORG-CR10
15
14 ORG-SP PLATFORM LEVEL UP
PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN
LS2-LS4 JUNCTION
LS1-LS2 JUNCTION
OFF-LIMIT SPEED
GAS
STEER RIGHT
HIGH RPM
STEER LEFT
CHOKE
L.P.
GROUND
JIB UP
JIB DOWN
GROUND
PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
SPARE WIRE LIST
GRN/WHT-1 *
GRN/WHT-3
ORG/BLK-1
ORG/RED-1 2 - FLASHING BEACON
1 - PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT
OPTION NUMBERS
3 - DESCENT ALARM
CHASSIS HARNESSCH
WHT/RED-32A
A2
(OPT.)
[* SEE OPTIONAL WIRING]
RED/WHT-3
BRN [OPTION 1]
BRN [OPT. 2/3]
WHT/RED-CH
CONTROL RELAY I.D.
CR3-RPM CUTOUT
CR5-HORN
CR4-HIGH RPM
CR2-ENGINE RUN
CR1-ENGINE START
CR8-CHOKE
WHT
BRAKE RELEASE/TRAVEL ALARM (OPT.)
ISM
A2
SP
CR
IGNITION/START MODULE
CONTROL RELAY
SWITCH PANEL
+
WHT #12
WH
T-7
*AC GENERATOR OPTION
BLK/RED-CR3 HIGH RPM
AC GENERATOR
GRN/WHT-TB45BLK/RED-1
GRN/WHT-1 45
35
GRN/WHT-EH
BLK/RED-SP
GRN/WHT-TB35
*
4 - AC GENERATOR
CABLE
7
(LS1)
CABLE
9
(OPTION)
CABLE
6
(LS2)
CABLE
5
(LS3)
CABLE
1
CABLE
2
CABLE
3WHT-TB23B
WHT-ISM-7
BLK/RED-EH (14GA)
GRN/BLK-ISM-9
RED-ISM-6
BLK-ISM-1
RED-SP (12GA)
BLK-22D
BLK/RED-9D
BLK-EH (14GA)
BLK/RED-MH (14GA)
5
WHT-21D
1 2 3
BLK/RED-35D
WHT (14GA)
BLK/WHT-34D
BLK/WHT-EH (14GA)
8
4
BRN-ISM-5
BRN-EH BRN-52B
BRN-SP
CONTROL BOX GROUND
BRN-OPT. 4
45 * GENERATOR OPTION
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1985)
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1986 to 3241)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1986 to 3241)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 19 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34D6L
BRN-CR4
RED-27D
RED-CR8
GRN/BLK-CR2
WHT-EH10
9
8
7
6
5
4
BLK-33D
BLK-CR1
ORG/BLK-EH
3
2
1
ENG. FAULT
IGN./FUEL ON
KEY BYPASS
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
GROUND
AUX. ON
START INPUT
TACHOMETER
After serial number 2267
IGNITION/START
MODULE
ENGINE/MANIFOLD/
CHASSIS HARNESS
ORG/BLK-TB15B
ORG-TB14B
10 9
BRN-52C
RED-6
ORG/BLK-MH ORG-MH
CABLE
8
(LS4)
BRN-GND. STUD
BLU/BLK-MH
WHT/RED-SP
WHT/BLK-EH
WHT-SP
GRN/BLK-SP
BLK/WHT-SP
BLK/RED-SP
RED/WHT-MH
GRN/BLK-SP
ORG/BLK-SP
BLU/BLK-SP
WHT/RED-SP
BLK/WHT-SP
RED/BLK-SP
WHT/BLK-SP
WHT/RED-3
WHT/BLK-3
RED/BLK-3OPTION 3][
CD
RED-3
WHT-3
WHT/RED-MH
WHT/BLK-MH
RED/BLK-MH
B
1
2
5
6
4
RED-MH
WHT-MH
A
RED-SP
WHT-SP
RED/WHT-1
WHT/BLK-1
RED/BLK-1
WHT/RED-1
GRN/BLK-3
ORG/BLK-3
ORG/RED-3
BLU/RED-3
BLU/WHT-3
BLU/BLK-3
BLK/WHT-3
BLK/RED-3
RED-5
WHT-5
OPTION 3]
BLK/RED-CR5
BLK-5
[
BLK-3
BLU-3
*
* ORG-3
GRN-3
RED-ISM-4
WHT-CR2
BLK-2
WHT-2
[OPTION 2]
RED-1
WHT-1
BLK-1
ORG-MH *
ORG/BLK-MH *
BLU/BLK-MH
BLK/WHT-MH
9
7
8
11
10
12
BLK-MH
BLU-MH
16
15
13
14
18
17
BLU-SP
BLK-SP
GRN-SP
ORG-SP
BLK-ISM-3
RED/WHT-CH
RED/BLK-MH
22
21
27
23
23
BLK-CR5
WHT-EH
RED-EH
30
29
28
33
32
31
RED-SP
BLK-SP
WHT-SP
BLK-SP
WHT-EH
GRN/BLK-1
BLU/WHT-1
BLU/BLK-1
BLK/WHT-1
BLK/RED-1
BLU/RED-1
WHT-8WHT-6
BLK-7
BRN-5
BRN-2
BLK-8
OPTION 3]
BLK/RED-CR3
BLK/WHT-CR8
[
BLU-1
ORG-1
GRN-1
BLK-6
50
35
36
34
38
37
39
52
44
40
43
52
49
BLU-MH
GRN-SP
ORG/BLK-3
BOOM FUNCTION F.C.
TURN. ROTATE LEFT
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN
PRIMARY BOOM UP
TURN. ROTATE RIGHT
ORG-6
ORG-3
PLAT. LEVEL UP
DRIVE ENABLE RELAY
PLAT. ROTATE RIGHT
PLAT. ROTATE LEFT
PLAT. LEVEL DOWN
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
SEC. BOOM DOWN
SEC. BOOM UP
BOOM RETRACT
BOOM EXTEND
HORN
FOOTSWITCH
DRIVE REVERSE
DRIVE FORWARD
IGNITION POWER
AUXILIARY PUMP
+12V TO PLATFORM
KEYSWITCH POWER
KEYSWITCH POWER
BRAKE RELEASE
START
TILT ALARM
HIGH/LOW DRIVE
ORG/BLK-SPORG/BLK-CR10
ORG-CR9
15
14 ORG-SP PLATFORM LEVEL UP
PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN
LS2-LS4 JUNCTION
LS1-LS2 JUNCTION
OFF-LIMIT SPEED
GAS
STEER RIGHT
HIGH RPM
STEER LEFT
CHOKE
L.P.
GROUND
JIB UP
JIB DOWN
GROUND
PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
SPARE WIRE LIST
GRN/WHT-1 *
GRN/WHT-3
ORG/BLK-1
ORG/RED-1 2 - FLASHING BEACON
1 - PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT
OPTION NUMBERS
3 - DESCENT ALARM
[* SEE OPTIONAL WIRING]
RED/WHT-3
BRN [OPTION 1]
BRN [OPT. 2/3]
WHT/RED-CH
CONTROL RELAY I.D.
CR3-RPM CUTOUT
CR5-HORN
CR4-HIGH RPM
CR2-ENGINE RUN
CR1-ENGINE START
CR8-CHOKE
WHT
WHT #12
WH
T-7
*AC GENERATOR OPTION
BLK/RED-CR3 HIGH RPM
AC GENERATOR
GRN/WHT-TB45BLK/RED-1
GRN/WHT-1 45
35
GRN/WHT-EH
BLK/RED-SP
GRN/WHT-TB35
*
4 - AC GENERATOR
CABLE
7
(LS1)
CABLE
9
(OPTION)
CABLE
6
(LS2)
CABLE
5
(LS3)
CABLE
1
CABLE
2
CABLE
3WHT-TB23B
WHT-ISM-7
BLK/RED-EH (14GA)
GRN/BLK-ISM-9
RED-ISM-6
BLK-ISM-1
RED-SP (12GA)
BLK-22D
BLK/RED-9D
BLK-EH (14GA)
BLK/RED-MH (14GA)
CR5
WHT-21D
CR1 CR2 CR3
BLK/RED-35D
WHT (14GA)
BLK/WHT-34D
BLK/WHT-EH (14GA)
CR8
CR4
BRN-ISM-5
BRN-EH BRN-52B
BRN-SP
CONTROL BOX GROUND
BRN-OPT. 4
WHT/RED-6A
HM
_
+
NC
NC
NO NO
VOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
P1
KS1
KS1
TS51
TS52
TS57
TS54
P1
LABEL
TS61
TS63
TS62
CB1
CB2
HM
TS59
BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCHTOGGLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 10A
CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 10A
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
HOUR METER
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCHTOGGLE
DESCRIPTION
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
KEY SWITCH
FUNCTION ENAB./ENGINE RPM SWITCHTOGGLE
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ENGINE START SWITCHTOGGLE
TS56 ENGINE GLOW PLUG SWITCHTOGGLE
TS60 SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
TS58 JIB UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
ENGINE HARNESSEH
MANIFOLD HARNESSMH
CONTROL RELAY
SP
CR
CH CHASSIS HARNESS
SWITCH PANEL
BRK. REL./TRAVEL ALARM (OPT.)A2
IGNITION/START MODULEISM
+
ORG/BLK-15A
BLK-7A
BLK/WHT-8A
RED-EH 12GA
RED-27A
RED-CR1 12GA
BLK-22A
WHT-23A
WHT/RED-32A
BRN-GND.
WHT/BLK-EH
WHT/RED-EH
WHT-21A
ORG-14A
GRN-17A
GRN/BLK-18A
WHT/BLK-5A
RED/BLK-2A
RED-1A
BLU/BLK-11A
BLU-10A
WHT-4A
BLK/RED-35A
GRN-43A
BLK/WHT-34A
BLK-33A
GRN/BLK-44A
A2
TS51
TS59
TS57
TS62
TS63
TS61
TS60
TS58
TS56 TS52
TS54
CB2 CB1
U
D
L R
L R
D
U
R E
U
DD
U
RED
RED
BRN
1
1 DENOTES TEST PORT
START RELAY
45 * GENERATOR OPTION
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
ES34GP5F
RED-S.P.1RED-3 PRIMARY BOOM UPRED-M.H.
RED-27D
RED-R2-30
WHT-R2-86
WHT-24D10
9
8
7
6
5
4
BLK-33B
BLK-R1-86
ORG/BLK-41D
3
2
1
D C
ENG. FAULT
IGN./FUEL ON
KEY BYPASS
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
GROUND
AUX. ON
START INPUT
TACHOMETER
START RELAY
IGN./START
MODULE
B A
ORG/RED-1
ORG/BLK-1
ORG-1
BLU/RED-1
BLU/WHT-1
BLU/BLK-1
BLU-1
BLK/RED-1
BLK/WHT-1
BLK-1
WHT/BLK-1
WHT-1
R/W-1
WHT/RED-1
RED-1
WHT-2
BLK-2
WHT-E.H.
WHT-E.H.
RED/BLK-1
GRN/WHT-3
GRN/BLK-3
ORG/RED-3
ORG-3
ORG/BLK-3
GRN-3
BLU-3
BLU/BLK-3
BLU/WHT-3
BLK-3
BLK/WHT-3
BLK/RED-3
BLU/RED-3
RED/WHT-3
WHT-3
WHT/BLK-3
RED/BLK-3
WHT/RED-3 W/R-M.H.
WHT/BLK-M.H.
RED/BLK-M.H.
WHT-M.H.
BLK/WHT-M.H.
BK/RD-CR5
BLK-M.H.
ORG/BLK-M.H.
ORG-M.H.
WHT-E.H.
WHT-5
WHT-CR2
RED-E.H.
WT/RD-E.H.
RED-E.H.
WT/RD-E.H.
WT/BK-E.H.
WT-10-ISM
BLK-CR5
WT/BK-E.H.
RD/WT-E.H.
RD/BK-M.H.
RED-5
BU/BK-M.H.
BLU-M.H.
BK-3-ISM
OG/BK-E.H.
BU/WT-CR6
WHT-7
DRIVE ENABLE
HORN
BOOM FUNCTION FLOW CONTROL
BOOM EXTEND
SECONDARY BOOM DOWN
SECONDARY BOOM UP
12V BATTERY SUPPLY
BOOM RETRACT
PLATFORM LEVEL UP
PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN
PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT
PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
IGNITION POWER
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN
TURNTABLE ROTATE RIGHT
TURNTABLE ROTATE LEFT
BU/BK-S.P.11
6
2
5
4
3
10
7
9
8
WT/RD-S.P.
WHT-S.P.
RD/BK-S.P.
RD/WT-S.P.
WT/BK-S.P.
BLU-S.P.
BLK-S.P.
BK/WT-S.P.
16
15
14
12
13
21
20
19
18
17
ORG-S.P.
OG/BK-S.P.
BLK-5
RED-S.P.
GRN-S.P.
GR/BK-S.P.
L.P.
GAS
PULSE PICKUP
LIMIT SWITCH
STEER LEFT
ENGINE START
RPM
2WD/4WD
E.D.C.
E.D.C.
BRAKE
AUILIARY POWER
KEYSWITCH POWER
POWER TO PLATFORM
TILT ALARM
GLOW PLUG
WARNING SENDER
OIL PRESSURE SENDER
WATER TEMP. SENDER
STEER RIGHT
32
RD-4-ISM
25
26
24
23
22
29
30
31
27
28
RED-S.P.
BLK-S.P.
WHT-S.P.
WT/BK-S.P.
WT/RD-S.P.
BK/RD-CR3
37
36
33
34
35
42
40
41
38
39
BLK-S.P.
BK/RD-S.P.
WHT-6
BU/WT-S.P.
BU/RD-S.P.
GRN/WHT-1
GRN-1
JIB DOWN
JIB UP
45
44
43
RED-CR17
OG/BK-2ISM
WHT-SP-DB
WHT/RED-26A
WHT-21A
BRN (GROUND)
WHT/BLK-25A
HM
-
+
NC
NC
NO NO
CABLE #3
ENGINE/
MANIFOLD
HARNESS
CABLE #2
CABLE #1
CABLE #5
CABLE #6
CABLE #7
WHT-23A
BLK-22A
RED-27A
BLK/RED-35A
GRN-17A
GRN/BLK-18A
BLK/WHT-8A
BLK-7A
RED-1A
RED/BLK-2A
BLU-10A
BLU/BLK-11A
WHT-4A
WHT/BLK-5A
WHT/RED-3A
RED-20A
GRN-43A
GRN/BLK-44A
ORG-14A
ORG/BLK-15A
RED-R1#30
BLU/RED-39A
BLU/WHT-38A
BLK/WHT-34A
BLK-33A
GRN/BLK-1 GR/BK-S.P.
GRN-S.P.
VOLTAGE
GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
BRNBLK-7
BRN-2
47
46 BRN-8BRN-5 BRN
BRN-E.H.
GROUND
GROUND
BLU/RED-CR7
BLU/RED-39D
BLU/RED-R7-E.H.
BLK/RED-R4-E.H.
WHT-9 ISM
RED-6 ISM
BLK-1-ISM
RED-CB2
BLK-22D
BLK/RED-9D
BLK-R1-E.H.
BLK-R5-M.H. BLU/WHT-R6-E.H.
BLU/WHT-38D
CR6 CR7
WHT-21D
CR1 CR2 CR3
BLK/RED-35D
BLK/WHT-34D
BLK/WHT-R8-E.H.
CR8
CR4
P1
KS1
TS15
TS23
TS22
TS21
TS20
TS25
TS24
TS26
CB1TS19
TS16
TS18
TS17
CB2
KS1
TS15
TS16
TS18
TS25
TS19
P1
LABEL
TS22
TS23
TS20
CB1
CB2
HM
R1
TS24
BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCH
CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 10A
CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 10A
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCH
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCH
RESISTOR, 5 OHM, BOOM FUNCTIONS
HOUR METER
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCH
ENGINE FUEL SELECT SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
AUXILIARY SWITCH
KEY SWITCH
ENGINE RPM SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ENGINE START SWITCH
TS17 ENGINE CHOKE SWITCH
TS21 SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
TS26 JIB UP/DOWN SWITCH
R1
BRN-6
WHT-8
BLK-6
BLK-6
ORG/BLK-TB15B
ORG-TB14B
CR10 CR9
BRN-GRD
RED-6
ORG/BLK-E.H.
ORG-E.H.
PLATFORM LEVEL CUT-OUT OPTION
CABLE #8
BLK/WHT-CR8
RD/WT-M.H.
BLU/BLK-M.H.
BLU-M.H.
BRN-5 ISM
ENGINE HARNESSEH
MANIFOLD HARNESSMH
(OPT)
(OPT)
CR5
BRN-GRD -R4-85
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1985)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1985)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 21 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34GP6H
BRN-CR4
RED-27D
RED-CR2
GRN/BLK-CR2
WHT-EH10
9
8
7
6
5
4
BLK-33D
BLK-CR1
ORG/BLK-EH
3
2
1
ENG. FAULT
IGN./FUEL ON
KEY BYPASS
KEY PWR.
BATTERY
GROUND
AUX. ON
START INPUT
TACHOMETER
START RELAY
IGNITION/START
MODULE
WHT/RED-EH
WHT-21A
BRN-GND. STUD
WHT/BLK-EH
HM
-
+
NC
NC
NO NO
ENGINE/MANIFOLD/
CHASSIS HARNESS
WHT-23A
BLK-22A
RED-27A
BLK/RED-35A
GRN-17A
GRN/BLK-18A
BLK/WHT-8A
BLK-7A
RED-1A
RED/BLK-2A
BLU-10A
BLU/BLK-11A
WHT-4A
WHT/BLK-5A
WHT/RED-6A
RED-EH (12GA)
GRN-43A
GRN/BLK-44A
ORG-14A
ORG/BLK-15A
RED-CR1 (12GA)
BLU/RED-39A
BLU/WHT-38A
BLK/WHT-34A
BLK-33A
VOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
BLU/RED-39D
BLU/RED-EH
GRN/BLK-ISM-9
RED-ISM-6
BLK-ISM-1
RED-SP (12GA)
BLK-22D
BLK/RED-9D
BLK-EH (14 GA)
BLK/RED-MH (14GA) BLU/WHT-EH
BLU/WHT-38D
5 6 7
WHT-21D
1 2 3
BLK/RED-35D
BLK/WHT-34D
BLK/WHT-EH (14GA)
8
4
P1
KS1
TS15
TS23
TS22
TS21
TS20
TS25
TS24
TS26
CB2TS19
TS16
TS18
TS17
CB1
KS1
TS15
TS16
TS18
TS25
TS19
P1
LABEL
TS22
TS23
TS20
CB1
CB2
HM
TS24
BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCHTOGGLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 10A
CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 10A
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
HOUR METER
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCHTOGGLE
ENGINE FUEL SELECT SWITCHTOGGLE
DESCRIPTION
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
KEY SWITCH
FUNCTION ENABLE/ENGINE RPM SWITCHTOGGLE
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ENGINE START SWITCHTOGGLE
TS17 ENGINE CHOKE SWITCHTOGGLE
TS21 SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
TS26 JIB UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
ORG/BLK-TB15B
ORG-TB14B
10 9
BRN-52C
RED-6
ORG/BLK-MH ORG-MH
CABLE
8
(LS4)
BRN-ISM-5
ENGINE HARNESSEH
MANIFOLD HARNESSMH
BRN-GND. STUD
BLU/BLK-MH
WHT/RED-SP
WHT/BLK-EH
WHT-SP
GRN/BLK-SP
BLK/WHT-SP
BLK/RED-SP
RED/WHT-MH
GRN/BLK-SP
ORG/BLK-SP
BLU/BLK-SP
WHT/RED-SP
BLK/WHT-SP
RED/BLK-SP
WHT/BLK-SP
WHT/RED-3
WHT/BLK-3
RED/BLK-3OPTION 3][
CD
RED-3
WHT-3
WHT/RED-MH
WHT/BLK-MH
RED/BLK-MH
B
1
2
5
6
4
RED-MH
WHT-MH
A
RED-SP
WHT-SP
RED/WHT-1
WHT/BLK-1
RED/BLK-1
WHT/RED-1
GRN/BLK-3
ORG/BLK-3
ORG/RED-3
BLU/RED-3
BLU/WHT-3
BLU/BLK-3
BLK/WHT-3
BLK/RED-3
RED-5
WHT-5
OPTION 3]
BLK/RED-CR5
BLK-5
[
BLK-3
BLU-3
*
* ORG-3
GRN-3
RED-ISM-4
WHT-CR2
BLK-2
WHT-2
[OPTION 2]
RED-1
WHT-1
BLK-1
ORG-MH *
ORG/BLK-MH *
BLU/BLK-MH
BLK/WHT-MH
9
7
8
11
10
12
BLK-MH
BLU-MH
16
15
13
14
18
17
BLU-SP
BLK-SP
GRN-SP
ORG-SP
BLK-ISM-3
RED/WHT-CH
RED/BLK-MH
22
21
27
23
23
BLK-CR5
WHT-EH
RED-EH
30
29
28
33
32
31
RED-SP
BLK-SP
WHT-SP
BLK-SP
WHT-EH
GRN/BLK-1
BLU/WHT-1
BLU/BLK-1
BLK/WHT-1
BLK/RED-1
BLU/RED-1
WHT-8WHT-6
BLK-7
BRN-5
BRN-2
BLK-8
OPTION 3]
BLK/RED-CR3
BLK/WHT-CR8
[
BLU-1
ORG-1
GRN-1
BLK-6
50
35
36
34
38
37
39
52
44
40
43
52
49
BLU-MH
GRN-SP
ORG/BLK-3
BOOM FUNCTION F.C.
TURN. ROTATE LEFT
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN
PRIMARY BOOM UP
TURN. ROTATE RIGHT
ORG-6
ORG-3
PLAT. LEVEL UP
DRIVE ENABLE RELAY
PLAT. ROTATE RIGHT
PLAT. ROTATE LEFT
PLAT. LEVEL DOWN
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
SEC. BOOM DOWN
SEC. BOOM UP
BOOM RETRACT
BOOM EXTEND
HORN
FOOTSWITCH
DRIVE REVERSE
DRIVE FORWARD
IGNITION POWER
AUXILIARY PUMP
+12V TO PLATFORM
KEYSWITCH POWER
KEYSWITCH POWER
BRAKE RELEASE
START
TILT ALARM
HIGH/LOW DRIVE
ORG/BLK-SPORG/BLK-CR10
ORG-CR10
15
14 ORG-SP PLATFORM LEVEL UP
PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN
LS2-LS4 JUNCTION
LS1-LS2 JUNCTION
OFF-LIMIT SPEED
GAS
STEER RIGHT
HIGH RPM
STEER LEFT
CHOKE
L.P.
GROUND
JIB UP
JIB DOWN
GROUND
PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
SPARE WIRE LIST
GRN/WHT-1 *
GRN/WHT-3
ORG/BLK-1
ORG/RED-1 2 - FLASHING BEACON
1 - PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT
OPTION NUMBERS
3 - DESCENT ALARM
CHASSIS HARNESSCH
WHT/RED-32A
A2
(OPT.)
WHT (14GA)
[* SEE OPTIONAL WIRING]
RED/WHT-3
BRN [OPTION 1]
BRN [OPT. 2/3]
WHT/RED-CH
CONTROL RELAY I.D.
CR3-RPM CUTOUT
CR5-HORN
CR4-HIGH RPM
CR2-ENGINE RUN
CR1-ENGINE START
CR7-LPG SOLENOID
CR6-FUEL PUMP (GAS)
CR8-CHOKE
BRN-EH BRN-52B
BLU/WHT-CR6
BLU/RED-CR7
BLU/WHT-SP
BLU/RED-SP
WHT
BRAKE RELEASE/TRAVEL ALARM (OPT.)
ISM
A2
SP
CR
IGNITION/START MODULE
CONTROL RELAY
SWITCH PANEL
BLK/RED-EH (14GA)
+
WHT #12
WH
T-7
BRN-SP
CONTROL BOX GROUND
*AC GENERATOR OPTION
BLK/RED-CR3 HIGH RPM
AC GENERATOR
GRN/WHT-TB45BLK/RED-1
GRN/WHT-1 45
35
GRN/WHT-EH
BLK/RED-SP
GRN/WHT-TB35
*
4 - AC GENERATOR
BRN-OPT. 4
CABLE
7
(LS1)
CABLE
9
(OPTION)
CABLE
6
(LS2)
CABLE
5
(LS3)
CABLE
1
CABLE
2
CABLE
3
45 * GENERATOR OPTION
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1986 to 3241)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
ES34GP5L
BRN-CR4
RED-27D
RED-CR2
GRN/BLK-CR2
WHT-EH10
9
8
7
6
5
4
BLK-33D
BLK-CR1
ORG/BLK-EH
3
2
1
ENGINE FAULT
IGN./FUEL ON
KEY BYPASS
KEY POWER
BATTERY
GROUND
AUX. ON
START INPUT
TACHOMETER
START RELAY
IGNITION/START
MODULE
WHT/RED-6A
HM
-
+
NC
NC
NO NO
CABLE
3
ENGINE/MANIFOLD/
CHASSIS HARNESS
CABLE
2
CABLE
1
CABLE
5
(LS3)
CABLE
6
(LS2)
CABLE
7
(LS1)
VOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
P1
KS1
KS1
TS51
TS52
TS57
TS54
P1
LABEL
TS61
TS63
TS62
CB1
CB2
HM
TS59
BOOM EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCHTOGGLE
CIRCUIT BREAKER, CONTROLS, 10A
CIRCUIT BREAKER, ENGINE, 10A
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
HOUR METER
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCHTOGGLE
DESCRIPTION
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
KEY SWITCH
FUNCTION ENAB./ENGINE RPM SWITCHTOGGLE
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
ENGINE START SWITCHTOGGLE
TS56 ENGINE CHOKE SWITCHTOGGLE
TS60 SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
TS58 JIB UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
CABLE
8
(LS4)
ENGINE HARNESSEH
MANIFOLD HARNESSMH
WHT-2
[OPTION 2]
OPTION 3]
OPTION 3]
OPTION 3]
BLK-8
WHT-CR2
BLK/WHT-CR8
BLK/RED-CR3
BLK/RED-CR5
[
D
BLK-5
WHT-5
[
*
RED-5
*
BLK-2
RED-ISM-4
BLK-7
BRN-5
[
WHT-6
PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT (CE VERSION ONLY)
WHT-MH
RED/BLK-MH
WHT/BLK-MH
WHT/RED-MH
RED-MH
WHT/RED-3
RED/BLK-3
WHT/BLK-3
C
RED-3
WHT-3
2
1
4
5
6
WHT/BLK-SP
RED/BLK-SP
WHT-SP
WHT/RED-SP
RED-SP
B A
TURN. ROTATE RIGHT
TURN. ROTATE LEFT
PRIMARY BOOM DOWN
BOOM FUNCTION F.C.
PRIMARY BOOM UP
ORG-3
ORG/BLK-3
GRN-SP43 JIB UPGRN-1
ORG/BLK-MH *
BLU-MH
BLU/BLK-MH
BLK-CR5
WHT
ORG-MH *
BLK-MH
BLK/WHT-MH
BLU/RED-3
BLK/RED-3
BLK/WHT-3
BLU/WHT-3
BLU/BLK-3
BLK-3
BLU-3
ORG-3
8
7
9
10
12
11
13
14
ORG/BLK-3
ORG/RED-3
GRN/BLK-3
GRN-3
15
16
17
18
21
22
ORG-SP
BLK/WHT-SP
BLK-SP
BLU-SP
BLU/BLK-SP
WHT-SP
BLK-SP
GRN/BLK-SP
GRN-SP
ORG/BLK-SP
BLU/WHT-1
BLK-ISM-3
RED/BLK-MH
33BLK-1
WHT/RED-1
RED/BLK-1
RED/WHT-1
WHT/BLK-1
RED-1
WHT-1
29
27
23
23
28
31
30
32
BLK/WHT-1
BLK/RED-1
BLU/BLK-1
BLU/RED-1
ORG-1
BLU-1
37
35
34
36
39
38
40
BLK-SP
RED/WHT-MH
WHT/RED-SP
WHT-EH
WHT-SP
RED-SP
RED/WHT-CH
WHT/BLK-EH
BLK/WHT-SP
BLK/RED-SP
BLU-MH
BLU/BLK-MH
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
SEC. BOOM DOWN
BOOM RETRACT
SEC. BOOM UP
BOOM EXTEND
HORN
PLAT. LEVEL UP
FOOTSWITCH
IGNITION POWER
DRIVE ENABLE
+12V TO PLATFORM
PLAT. ROTATE RIGHT
PLAT. ROTATE LEFT
PLAT. LEVEL DOWN
ORG-6
START
KEYSWITCH POWER
BRAKE RELEASE
KEYSWITCH POWER
HIGH/LOW DRIVE
TILT ALARM
AUXILIARY PUMP
DRIVE REVERSE
DRIVE FORWARD
GAS
L.P.
STEER RIGHT
STEER LEFT
GLOW PLUG
HIGH RPM
OFF-LIMIT SPEED
GRN/BLK-1
BLK-6 49
52
44
52
50
BRN-GND. STUD
GRN/BLK-SP
LS2-LS4 JUNCTION
LS1-LS2 JUNCTION
JIB DOWN
GROUND
GROUND
PLATFORM LEVEL UP
PLATFORM LEVEL DOWNORG/BLK-CR1015
14 ORG-CR9
ORG/BLK-SP
ORG-SP
WHT-EH
RED-EH
BRN-2
WHT-8
CABLE
9
(OPTION)
[* SEE OPTIONAL WIRING]
WHT/RED-CH
CONTROL RELAY I.D.
CR5-HORN
CR2-ENGINE RUN
CR1-ENGINE START
CR3-RPM CUTOUT
CR4-HIGH RPM
BRN [OPT. 2/3]
BRN [OPTION 1]
CONTROL RELAY
SP
CR
CH CHASSIS HARNESS
SWITCH PANEL
BRAKE RELEASE/TRAVEL ALARM (OPT.)A2
IGNITION/START MODULEISM
+
WH
T-7
WHT #12
DENOTES TEST PORT
ORG/BLK-TB15B
RED-6
ORG-MHORG/BLK-MH
BRN-52C
ORG-TB14B
10 9
*AC GENERATOR OPTION
GRN/WHT-1
BLK/RED-1
RED/WHT-3
ORG/RED-1
GRN/WHT-1 *
ORG/BLK-1
SPARE WIRE LIST
GRN/WHT-3
BLK/RED-CR3
AC GENERATOR
2 - FLASHING BEACON
4 - AC GENERATOR
3 - DESCENT ALARM
35
45
GRN/WHT-TB45
GRN/WHT-EH GRN/WHT-TB35
BLK/RED-SP HIGH RPM
OPTION NUMBERS
1 - PLATFORM LEVEL CUTOUT
*
ORG/BLK-15A
BLK-7A
BLK/WHT-8A
RED-EH 12GA
RED-27A
RED-CR1 12GA
BLK-22A
WHT-23A
WHT/RED-32A
BRN-GND.
WHT/BLK-EH
WHT/RED-EH
WHT-21A
ORG-14A
GRN-17A
GRN/BLK-18A
WHT/BLK-5A
RED/BLK-2A
RED-1A
BLU/BLK-11A
BLU-10A
WHT-4A
BLK/RED-35A
GRN-43A
BLK/WHT-34A
BLK-33A
GRN/BLK-44A
A2
TS51
TS59
TS57
TS62
TS63
TS61
TS60
TS58TS56 TS52
TS54
CB2 CB1
BLU/WHT-38A
BLU/RED-39A
BLU/RED-CR7
BLU/WHT-CR6
BLU/RED-SP
BLU/WHT-SP
BLK/RED-MH (14GA)
BLK-22D
BLK-EH (14 GA)
RED-SP (12GA)
BLK-ISM-1
RED-ISM-6
GRN/BLK-ISM-9
BRN-OPT. 4
BRN-52B
CONTROL BOX GROUND
BLU/RED-39DBLU/WHT-38DBLK/RED-9D
5 6
BRN-EH
BRN-SP
7 8
BLK/WHT-34D
BLK/WHT-EH (14GA)
BLK/RED-35D
BLU/RED-EH
WHT-21D
BLU/WHT-EH
1 2 3 4
WHT (14GA)
BLK/RED-EH (14GA)
BRN-ISM-5
CR6-FUEL PUMP (GAS)
CR7-LPG SOLENOID
CR8-CHOKE
TS53 FUEL SELECT SWITCHTOGGLE
TS53
RED
BRN
RED
D
U
L R
D
U
D
U
L R
D
U
R E
45 * GENERATOR OPTION
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Ground Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1986 to 3241)
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 23 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34D3E
CA
BL
E
#3
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.11
0
TIL
T
AL
AR
M
RED/BLK-1
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
BR
N#
2-H
PL
RE
D/W
HT
-3
WH
T#
1-H
PL
WH
T-2
BL
K-F
.S.
BL
K-2
BL
K/R
ED
-3
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-1
BL
U#
36
-1
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-1
WH
T#
30
-1
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-1
OR
G#
40
-1
OR
G/B
LK
#4
1-1
RE
D/W
HT
#2
9-1
RE
D#
27
-1
BL
U/R
ED
-3
WH
T/R
ED
-3
OR
G/B
LK
-3
OR
G-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
RE
D-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
GR
N-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
BL
K-3
WH
T/B
LK
-3
WH
T-3
BL
U/B
LK
-3
BL
U-3
GR
N/B
LK
#4
4-1
GR
N#
43
-1
BL
U/W
HT
-3
BL
K/R
ED
#3
5-1
BL
K/W
HT
#3
4-1
BL
K#
33
-1
RE
D-F
.S.
BL
K-J
IB
WH
T-J
IB
BL
UE
-JIB
BR
N-J
IB
OR
G-J
IB
BP
1
+A - X R
1 32 54 76 8
RE
D#
10
-HP
L
10 9 8 567 34
HORSE POWER LIMITER
2 1B
RN
-2
WH
T-F
S
25
0
P3
TS
1
TS
14
TS
6T
S7
TS
8
TS
9
TS
11
TS
10
TS
12
DP1
TS
13
TS
5
TS
3T
S2
P2
L1
TS14
TS13
DP1
BP1
TS1
TS2
TS3
P2
LABEL
TS7
TS6
TS8
TS9
TS10
TS11
TS12
TS5
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCHTOGGLE
EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCHTOGGLE
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
JIB UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
DRIVE ENABLE SWITCHTOGGLE
DRIVE HIGH/LOW OUTPUT SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
RPM SWITCHTOGGLE
START SWITCHTOGGLE
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
GLOW PLUG SWITCHTOGGLE
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
R2
250 OHM RESISTERR2
L1 DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
REMOVE THIS WIRE WHEN LOAD SENSE OPTION IS REQUIRED.
CA
BL
E
#2
ORG/RED#42-1
ORG/RED-3
GRN/WHT#45-1
SPARE WIRES
RED-JIB
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
ES34D3J
CA
BL
E
#3
#2
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.
A1
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
WH
T-2
BL
K-F
S
BL
K-2
BL
K/R
ED
-3
WH
T/B
LK
-1
BL
U-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D-1
BL
K-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
ORG/BLK-1
ORG/RED-1
GRN/WHT-1
BL
K-J
IB
WH
T-J
IB
BL
UE
-JIB
OR
G-J
IB
SPARE WIRES
CD LR
A
P3
TS
1
TS
15
TS
12
TS
10
TS
11
TS
13
TS
14
DP
1P
2
L1
DP1
BP1
TS1
P2
LABEL
TS10
TS12
TS11
TS13
TS9
TS6
TS8
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCHTOGGLE
EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCHTOGGLE
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
JIB UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
GLOW PLUG SWITCHTOGGLE
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHTL1
NOTES:
REMOVE JUMPER JP1 FOR CE VERSION.
WH
T-F
S
OR
G-1
BL
U/R
ED
-3
WH
T-1
BR
N-J
IB
A1 TILT ALARM
GRN/WHT-3
BLU/RED-1
OR
G/R
ED
REMOVE THIS WIRE WHEN LOAD SENSE OPTION IS REQUIRED.
RE
D
+ - X B R
WHT
BR
N-2
RE
D
WH
T
BLU/WHT-1
WHT
U
UU D
DD
LR
E R
RL
TS
7
D UTS
9
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE SWITCHTOGGLE
OR
G/B
LK
-3
RE
D-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
WH
T/R
ED
-3
BL
U-3
BL
U/B
LK
-3
WH
T-3
WH
T/B
LK
-3
OR
G/R
ED
-3
BL
U/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-1
AXR - +
RE
D/W
HT
-1
TS
4
TS
6T
S2
RE
D-F
S
BL
K/R
ED
-1
BL
K/W
HT
-1
BL
K-1
OR
G-3
BR
N
WH
T/R
ED
-1
RED/WHT-3
TS
8
TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM SWITCHTOGGLE
START ENGINE SWITCHTOGGLETS2
TS14 DRIVE RANGE SWITCHTOGGLE
BP
1
WHT
RED
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
RED
BRN
1
2
1
2
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram - Diesel Models(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 25 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34D3L
CA
BL
E
#3
#2
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.
A1
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
WH
T-2
BL
K-F
S
BL
K-2
BL
K/R
ED
-3
WH
T/B
LK
-1
BL
U-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D-1
BL
K-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
ORG/BLK-1
ORG/RED-1
GRN/WHT-1
BL
K-J
IB
WH
T-J
IB
BL
UE
-JIB
OR
G-J
IB
SPARE WIRES
CD LR
A
P3
TS
1
TS
15
TS
12
TS
10
TS
11
TS
13
TS
14
DP
1P
2
L1
DP1
BP1
TS1
P2
LABEL
TS10
TS12
TS11
TS13
TS9
TS6
TS8
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCHTOGGLE
EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCHTOGGLE
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
JIB UP/DOWN SWITCHTOGGLE
GLOW PLUG SWITCHTOGGLE
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHTL1
NOTES:
REMOVE JUMPER JP1 FOR CE VERSION.
WH
T-F
S
OR
G-1
BL
U/R
ED
-3
WH
T-1
BR
N-J
IB
A1 TILT ALARM
GRN/WHT-3
BLU/RED-1
OR
G/R
ED
REMOVE THIS WIRE WHEN LOAD SENSE OPTION IS REQUIRED.
RE
D
+ - X B R
WHT
BR
N-2
RE
D
WH
T
BLU/WHT-1
WHT
U
UU D
DD
LR
E R
RL
TS
7
D UTS
9
TS15 DRIVE ENABLE SWITCHTOGGLE
OR
G/B
LK
-3
RE
D-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
WH
T/R
ED
-3
BL
U-3
BL
U/B
LK
-3
WH
T-3
WH
T/B
LK
-3
OR
G/R
ED
-3
BL
U/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-1
AXR - +
RE
D/W
HT
-1
TS
4
TS
6T
S2
RE
D-F
S
BL
K/R
ED
-1
BL
K/W
HT
-1
BL
K-1
OR
G-3
BR
N
WH
T/R
ED
-1
RED/WHT-3
TS
8
TS4 HIGH/LOW RPM SWITCHTOGGLE
START ENGINE SWITCHTOGGLETS2
TS14 DRIVE RANGE SWITCHTOGGLE
BP
1
WHT
RED
TS7 PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCHTOGGLE
RED
BRN
1
2
1
2
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
ES34GP3E
CA
BL
E
#3
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.11
0
TIL
T
AL
AR
M
RED/BLK-1
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
BR
N#
2-H
PL
RE
D/W
HT
-3
WH
T#
1-H
PL
WH
T-2
BL
K-F
.S.
BL
K-2
BL
K/R
ED
-3
WH
T/R
ED
#3
2-1
BL
U#
36
-1
BL
U/B
LK
#3
7-1
WH
T#
30
-1
WH
T/B
LK
#3
1-1
OR
G#
40
-1
OR
G/B
LK
#4
1-1
RE
D/W
HT
#2
9-1
RE
D#
27
-1
BL
U/R
ED
-3
WH
T/R
ED
-3
OR
G/B
LK
-3
OR
G-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
RE
D-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
GR
N-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
BL
K-3
WH
T/B
LK
-3
WH
T-3
BL
U/B
LK
-3
BL
U-3
GR
N/B
LK
#4
4-1
GR
N#
43
-1
BL
U/W
HT
-3
BL
U/R
ED
#3
9-1
BL
U/W
HT
#3
8-1
BL
K/R
ED
#3
5-1
BL
K/W
HT
#3
4-1
BL
K#
33
-1
RE
D-F
.S.
BL
K-J
IB
WH
T-J
IB
BL
UE
-JIB
BR
N-J
IB
OR
G-J
IB
BP
1
+A - X R
1 32 54 76 8
RE
D#
10
-HP
L
10 9 8 567 34
HORSE POWER LIMITER
2 1B
RN
-2
WH
T-F
S
25
0
P3
TS
1
TS
14
TS
6T
S7
TS
8
TS
9
TS
11
TS
10
TS
12
DP1
TS
13
TS
4T
S5
TS
3T
S2
P2
L1
TS14
TS13
DP1
BP1
TS1
TS2
TS4
TS3
P2
LABEL
TS7
TS6
TS8
TS9
TS10
TS11
TS12
TS5
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCH
EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCH
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
FUEL SELECT SWITCH
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
JIB UP/DOWN SWITCH
DRIVE ENABLE SWITCH
DRIVE HIGH/LOW OUTPUT SWITCH
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCH
RPM SWITCH
START SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
CHOKE SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
R2
250 OHM RESISTERR2
L1 DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
REMOVE THIS WIRE WHEN LOAD SENSE OPTION IS REQUIRED.
CA
BL
E
#2
ORG/RED#42-1
ORG/RED-3
GRN/WHT#45-1
SPARE WIRES
RED-JIB
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 27 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34GP3J
TS14
TS13
TS7
TS6
TS8
TS9
TS10
TS11
TS12
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH
EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
JIB UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
DRIVE HIGH/LOW OUTPUT TOGGLE SWITCH
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
CA
BL
E
#3
#2
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.11
0V
AC
A1
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
WH
T/R
ED
-3
WH
T-2
BL
K-F
S
BL
K-2
BL
K/R
ED
-3
WH
T/B
LK
-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
WH
T-F
S
RE
D-1
BL
K-3
OR
G/B
LK
-3
OR
G-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
RE
D-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
GR
N-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
WH
T/B
LK
-3
WH
T-3
BL
U/B
LK
-3
BL
U-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
GRN/WHT-1
BL
K/R
ED
-1
BL
K-1
BL
K-J
IB
WH
T-J
IB
BL
UE
-JIB
OR
G-J
IB
SPARE WIRES
P3
TS
1
TS
14
TS
6T
S7
TS
8
TS
9
TS
11
TS
10
TS
12
TS
5
TS
3T
S2
P2
L1
DP1
BP1
TS1
TS2
TS5
P2
LABEL
TS3
RPM TOGGLE SWITCH
START TOGGLE SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHTL1
RE
D-F
S
NOTES:
BL
U-1
OR
G-1
BL
U/W
HT
-3
BL
U/R
ED
-3
WH
T-1
RE
D/B
LK
-1
OR
G/R
ED
-3
A1 TILT ALARM
ORG/RED-1
OR
G/R
ED
RE
D
WHT
WHT
BR
N-J
IB
BR
N-2
RE
D
WH
T
RED
ORG/BLK-1
TS
13
RE
D/W
HT
-1
-X A+R
A - X RB
D RC L
+
WH
T/R
ED
-1
TS
4
BL
K/W
HT
-1
BL
U/W
HT
-1
BL
U/R
ED
-1
CHOKE TOGGLE SWITCH
BP
I
GRN/WHT-3
RED/WHT-3
FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCHTS4
DP
1
OR
G
BR
N
WHT
RED
BRN
2
1
REMOVE THIS WIRE WHEN LOAD SENSE OPTION IS REQUIRED.2
REMOVE JUMPER JP1 FOR CE VERSION.1
+
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
ES34GP3L
#2
JIB
F.S
.
A1
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
WH
T-2
BL
K-F
S
BL
K-2
BL
K/R
ED
-3
WH
T/B
LK
-1
BL
U-1
BL
U/B
LK
-1
RE
D-1
BL
K-3
BL
K/W
HT
-3
BL
K-J
IB
WH
T-J
IB
BL
UE
-JIB
OR
G-J
IB
CD LR
A
P3
TS
1
TS
15
TS
12
TS
10
TS
11
TS
13
TS
14
DP
1P
2
L1
WH
T-F
S
OR
G-1
BL
U/R
ED
-3
WH
T-1
BR
N-J
IB
OR
G/R
ED
RE
D
+ - X B R
WHT
BR
N-2
RE
D
WH
T
WHT
U
UU D
DD
LR
E R
RL
TS
7
D UTS
9
OR
G/B
LK
-3
RE
D-3
RE
D/B
LK
-3
GR
N/B
LK
-1
GR
N-1
GR
N-3
GR
N/B
LK
-3
WH
T/R
ED
-3
BL
U-3
BL
U/B
LK
-3
WH
T-3
WH
T/B
LK
-3
OR
G/R
ED
-3
BL
U/W
HT
-3
RE
D/B
LK
-1
AXR - +
RE
D/W
HT
-1
TS
6T
S2
RE
D-F
S
BL
K/R
ED
-1
BL
K-1
OR
G-3
BR
N
WH
T/R
ED
-1
TS
4
BL
K/W
HT
-1
BL
U/W
HT
-1
BL
U/R
ED
-1
TS
3
TS
8
BRN
RED
RED
GRN/WHT-1
SPARE WIRES
ORG/RED-1
ORG/BLK-1
GRN/WHT-3
RED/WHT-3
TS15
TS14
TS8
TS7
TS9
TS10
TS11
TS12
TS13
PLATFORM ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
JIB BOOM UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL UP/DOWN TOGGLE SWITCH
EXTEND/RETRACT TOGGLE SWITCH
DRIVE ENABLE TOGGLE SWITCH
DRIVE RANGE TOGGLE SWITCH
TURNTABLE ROTATE TOGGLE SWITCH
DP1
BP1
TS1
TS2
TS6
P2
LABEL
TS3
CHOKE TOGGLE SWITCH
START TOGGLE SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY TOGGLE SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
DRIVE ENABLE LIGHTL1
A1 TILT ALARM
FUEL SELECT TOGGLE SWITCH
HIGH/LOW RPM TOGGLE SWITCHTS4
CA
BL
E
#1
CA
BL
E
#3
+
NOTES:
REMOVE JUMPER JP1 FOR CE VERSION.1
REMOVE THIS WIRE WHEN LOAD SENSE OPTION IS REQUIRED.2
2
1
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Platform Control Box Wiring Diagram -Gasoline/LPG Models
(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Generator Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Generator Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 29 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
CA
BL
E
#3
CA
BL
E
#2
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.11
0
TIL
T
AL
AR
M
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
BP
1+ A_
XR
P3
TS
1
TS
14
TS
6T
S7
TS
8
TS
9T
S11
TS
10
TS
12
TS
5
TS
3T
S2
P2
L1
GR
N/W
HT
-1
RE
D
TS
13
D RC L
DP
I
A + _BX R
TS
15
TS
14
TS
13
DP
1
BP
1
TS
1
TS
2
TS
4
TS
3
P2
LA
BE
L
TS
7
TS
6
TS
8
TS
9
TS
10
TS
11
TS
12
TS
5
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
SW
ITC
H
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LS
WIT
CH
EX
TE
ND
/RE
TR
AC
TS
WIT
CH
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MU
P/D
OW
NS
WIT
CH
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
UP
/DO
WN
SW
ITC
H
JIB
UP
/DO
WN
SW
ITC
H
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
SW
ITC
H
DR
IVE
HIG
H/L
OW
OU
TP
UT
SW
ITC
H
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
SW
ITC
H
RP
MS
WIT
CH
STA
RT
SW
ITC
H DE
SC
RIP
TIO
N
BO
OM
FU
NC
TIO
NS
PE
ED
CO
NT
RO
LL
ER
DR
IVE
CO
NT
RO
LL
ER
GL
OW
PL
UG
SW
ITC
H
EM
ER
GE
NC
YS
TO
PB
UT
TO
N
AU
XIL
IAR
YS
WIT
CH
P3
HO
RN
BU
TT
ON
TS
15
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
RS
WIT
CH
(OP
TIO
N)
L1
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIG
HT
Generator Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
CA
BL
E
#3
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
BP
1+ A_
XR
P3
TS
1
TS
15
TS
12
TS
10
TS
11
TS
13
TS
8
TS
4
TS
6T
S2
P2
L1
TS
15
TS
13
DP
1
BP
1
TS
1
TS
2
P2
LA
BE
L
TS
7
TS
6
TS
8
TS
9
TS
10
TS
11
TS
12
TS
4
GL
OW
PL
UG
SW
ITC
H
SE
CO
ND
AR
YB
OO
MS
WIT
CH
PL
AT
FO
RM
LE
VE
LS
WIT
CH
PL
AT
FO
RM
RO
TA
TE
SW
ITC
H
JIB
UP
/DO
WN
SW
ITC
H
TU
RN
TA
BL
ER
OTA
TE
SW
ITC
H
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
SW
ITC
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
EX
TE
ND
SW
ITC
H
PR
IMA
RY
BO
OM
SW
ITC
H
RP
MS
WIT
CH
STA
RT
EN
GIN
ES
WIT
CH
DE
SC
RIP
TIO
N
BO
OM
FU
NC
TIO
NS
PE
ED
CO
NT
RO
LL
ER
DR
IVE
CO
NT
RO
LL
ER
EM
ER
GE
NC
YS
TO
PB
UT
TO
N
AU
XIL
IAR
YS
WIT
CH
P3
HO
RN
BU
TT
ON
L1
DR
IVE
EN
AB
LE
LIG
HT
L2
L2
OV
ER
LO
AD
LIG
HT
(OP
TIO
N)
+
D RC L
DP
I
A + - BX R
TS
14
TS
7
TS
9
TS
14
DR
IVE
RA
NG
ES
WIT
CHGRN/WHT-1
TS
47
RED
AC
GE
NE
RA
TO
RS
WIT
CH
(OP
TIO
N)
TS
47
CA
BL
E
#2
TIL
T
AL
AR
M
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Generator Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Section 5 • Schematics June 2007
5 - 31 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
ES34GP4E
CA
BL
E
#3
#2
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.11
0V
TIL
T
AL
AR
M
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
BP
1+A - X R
1 32 54 76 8
10 9 8 567 34
HO
RS
EP
OW
ER
LIM
ITE
R
2 1
P3
TS
1
TS
14
TS
6T
S7
TS
8
TS
9T
S11
TS
10
TS
12
DP
1
TS
13
TS
4T
S5
TS
3T
S2
P2
L1
TS14
TS13
DP1
BP1
TS1
TS2
TS4
TS3
P2
LABEL
TS7
TS6
TS8
TS9
TS10
TS11
TS12
TS5
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCH
EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCH
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
FUEL SELECT SWITCH
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
JIB UP/DOWN SWITCH
DRIVE ENABLE SWITCH
DRIVE HIGH/LOW OUTPUT SWITCH
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCH
RPM SWITCH
START SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
CHOKE SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
250 OHM REGISTERR2
L1 DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
LOAD SENSOR
RED/BLK
12
LO
AD
SE
NS
EP
CB
56
78
911
10
12
34
12
34
FUSE
RE
D/B
LK
RE
D/W
HT
RE
D/B
LK
BR
N
L2
WH
T
BR
N
BRN
L2 OVERLOAD LIGHT (OPTION)
BLK - F.S.
CR
11
YEL
WHT
BLK
RED
LOAD SENSE OPTION
RED/BLK
LOAD SENSE PCB
WHT
3A
421 3
BRN
5 76
421 3
RED/BLK
CR11
98 1110 12 WHT
RE
D/W
HT
CR11
FS1
BLK
REDP2
Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
CA
BL
E
#3
#2
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.11
0
TIL
T
AL
AR
M
NO
NC
NC
NO
NC
NC
BP
1+ A_
XR
P3
TS
1
TS
14
TS
6T
S7
TS
8
TS
9T
S11
TS
10
TS
12
TS
5
TS
3T
S2
P2
L1
BR
N
RE
D/W
HT
RE
D/B
LK
BL
K-
FS
CR
11
10
11
12
LO
AD
SE
NS
EP
CB
57
69
81
32
4
13
24
LOAD SENSOR
RED/BLKFUSE
RE
D/B
LK
L2
TS14
TS13
DP1
BP1
TS1
TS2
TS4
TS3
P2
LABEL
TS7
TS6
TS8
TS9
TS10
TS11
TS12
TS5
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCH
EXTEND/RETRACT SWITCH
SECONDARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
PRIMARY BOOM UP/DOWN SWITCH
JIB UP/DOWN SWITCH
DRIVE ENABLE SWITCH
DRIVE HIGH/LOW OUTPUT SWITCH
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCH
RPM SWITCH
START SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
GLOW PLUG SWITCH
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
L1 DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
L2 OVERLOAD LIGHT (OPTION)
BR
N
WH
T
TS
13
+
BR
N
D RC L
DP
I
A +_
BX R
WHT
BLK
RED
YEL
LOAD SENSE OPTION
RED/BLK
LOAD SENSE PCB
WHT
3A
421 3
BRN
5 76
421 3
RED/BLK
CR11
98 1110 12 WHT
RE
D/W
HT
CR11
FS1
BLK
REDP2
L2
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1547 to 1996)
Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 33
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
CA
BL
E
#3
#2
CA
BL
E
#1
JIB
F.S
.
NO
NC
NC
NC
NC
BP
1+ A-XR
P3
TS
1
TS
15
TS
12
TS
10
TS
11
TS
13
TS
8
TS
4
TS
6T
S2
P2
L1
WHT-FS
LOAD SENSOR
L2
+D RC L
DP
I
A + - BX R
TS
14
TS
7
TS
9
RED/BLK
BRN
TS
47
LOAD SENSE5NO
CN
C
97
68
_+
23
41
3
BLK
41
RED
WHT
2
GRN
WHT
BRN
RED/WHT
WHT-FS
OPTION
TS15
TS13
DP1
BP1
TS1
TS2
P2
LABEL
TS7
TS6
TS8
TS9
TS10
TS11
TS12
TS4
GLOW PLUG SWITCH
SECONDARY BOOM SWITCH
PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCH
PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCH
JIB UP/DOWN SWITCH
TURNTABLE ROTATE SWITCH
DRIVE ENABLE SWITCH
PRIMARY BOOM EXTEND SWITCH
PRIMARY BOOM SWITCH
RPM SWITCH
START ENGINE SWITCH
DESCRIPTION
BOOM FUNCTION SPEED CONTROLLER
DRIVE CONTROLLER
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON
AUXILIARY SWITCH
P3 HORN BUTTON
L1 DRIVE ENABLE LIGHT
L2 OVERLOAD LIGHT (OPTION)
TS14 DRIVE RANGE SWITCH
AC GENERATOR SWITCH (OPTION)TS47
BRN
RED/BLK
LOAD SENSE OPTION
RE
D
BLK-FS
P2 FS1
LOAD SENSE PCB
RED/WHT
C.
_
+
NO.
8
NC.
WHT
WHT-FS
RED-FS
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Load Sense Option Wiring Diagram(from serial number 1997 to 3241)
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
5 - 34 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
B PORT
M3
BRAKE/2-SPEED
MANIFOLD
LEFT
REAR
BRAKE
M1
T3
0.070
inch
CHARGE PRESSURE
0.025
inch
T P
RIGHT
REAR
BRAKE
T2 T1
M2
M4
250
PSI
HYDRAULIC TANK
A PORT
TRACTION
MANIFOLD
STEERING
CYLINDER
25 PSI
M
AUXILIARY
PUMP
0.5 GPM
DRIVE PUMP
3500
PSI
320
PSI
E
B
3500
PSI
A
LIFT/STEER
PUMP
3.0 GPM
CHARGE PRESSURE
A
B
S2
S1
T3
L1
T1
P1
BRAKE
2 SPD
CP
AA
D
C
B
A
5
PSI
AB
ACAD
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 35
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
JIB BOOM
PLATFORM ROTATE
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
PRIMARY BOOM EXTENSION
1800 PSI
PRIMARY BOOM
1400 PSI
0.032 inch
1600 PSI
SECONDARY BOOM
3000 PSI
1.5:1
TURNTABLE ROTATE
5.9 CU. IN.
/REV
3000 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
8:1
MASTER
PLATFORM LEVEL SLAVE CYLINDER
0.025 inch
(from serial number
1187 to1891)
0.022 inch
(from serial number
1892 to1969)
S1
T1
T2
P2
T3 T4
3200 PSI
S2
.8 GPM
G1
P1
P1
T3
S1
S2
0.1 GPM
T1
C1 C2 M1 M2 C6 C7 C8
J1 J2 PR1 PR2
A
E
B
C
D
W
M
F G HI
J K
L
N O
X
P Q R S T U V
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
C3 C4 C5
1500 PSI
3:1
0.025 inch
0.028
inch0.3 GPM
CG
CACD CB CC
CE
CF
(after serial number 1969)
0.052 inch 0.052 inch
Y
REV A
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 1547 to 2900)
5 - 36 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
TRACTION
MANIFOLD
B PORT
M3
BRAKE/2-SPEED
MANIFOLD
REAR
RIGHT
M1
T3
0.070
inch
CHARGE PRESSURE
0.025
inch
T P
REAR
LEFT
T2 T1
M2
M4
170 PSI
HYDRAULIC TANK
A PORT
STEERING
25
PSI
M
AUXILIARY
PUMP
0.5 GPM
DRIVE PUMP
E
B
3500 PSI
A
LIFT/STEER
PUMP
3 GPM
CHARGE PRESSURE
A
B
S2
S1
T3
L1
T1
P1
BRAKE
2 SPD
CP
50
PSI
E D
L2
A
B
B
A
2000 PSI T
FM
GENERATOR OPTION
GEN
3500 PSI
220 PSI
AA
AB
ACAD
D
C
B
A
3 gpm
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 1547 to 2900)
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 37
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
JIB BOOM
PLATFORM ROTATE
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
PRIMARY BOOM EXTENSION
1800 PSI
PRIMARY BOOM
1400 PSI
0.032 inch
1600 PSI
SECONDARY BOOM
3000 PSI
1.5:1
TURNTABLE ROTATE
5.9 CU. IN.
/REV
3000 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
8:1
MASTER
PLATFORM LEVEL SLAVE CYLINDER
0.025 inch
(from serial number
1187 to1891)
0.022 inch
(from serial number
1892 to1969)
S1
T1
T2
P2
T3 T4
3200 PSI
S2
.8 GPM
G1
P1
P1
T3
S1
S2
0.1 GPM
T1
C1 C2 M1 M2 C6 C7 C8
J1 J2 PR1 PR2
A
E
B
C
D
W
M
F G HI
J K
L
N O
X
P Q R S T U V
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
C3 C4 C5
1500 PSI
3:1
0.025 inch
0.028
inch0.3 GPM
CG
CACD CB CC
CE
CF
(after serial number 1969)
0.052 inch 0.052 inch
Y
REV A
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 1547 to 2900)
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 2901 to 3241)
5 - 38 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
TRACTION
MANIFOLD
B PORT
M3
BRAKE/2-SPEED
MANIFOLD
REAR
RIGHT
M1
T3
0.070
inch
CHARGE PRESSURE
0.025
inch
T P
REAR
LEFT
T2 T1
M2
M4
170 PSI
HYDRAULIC TANK
A PORT
STEERING
25
PSI
M
AUXILIARY
PUMP
0.5 GPM
DRIVE PUMP
E
B
3500 PSI
A
LIFT/STEER
PUMP
3 GPM
CHARGE PRESSURE
A
B
S2
S1
T3
L1
T1
P1
BRAKE
2 SPD
CP
50
PSI
E D
L2
A
B
B
A
2000 PSI T
FM
GENERATOR OPTION
GEN
3500 PSI
220 PSI
AA
AB
ACAD
D
C
B
A
3 gpm
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 2901 to 3241)
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 39
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
JIB BOOM
PLATFORM ROTATE
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
1.5:1
2500 PSI
3:1
EXTENSION CYLINDER
2800 PSI
(removed
after serial
number 3215)
3000 PSI
3:1
PRIMARY BOOM CYLINDER
1600 PSI
0.032 inch
1600 PSI
SECONDARY BOOM CYLINDER
TURNTABLE ROTATE
5.9 CU. IN. /REV
3000 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
4.5:1
MASTER
CYLINDER
PLATFORM LEVELING
SLAVE CYLINDER
0.028 inch
S1
T1
T2
P2
T3 T4
3200 PSI
S2
1 GPM
G1
P1
P1
T3
S1
S2
0.1 GPM
T1
C1 C2 M1 M2 C3 C4 C6C5 C7 C8
J1 J2 PR1 PR2
0.3 GPM
0.035 inch
3000 PSI
1.5:1
1500 PSI
3:1
A
B
C
D
E
F G H IJ K L
W
VSQPM UTRO
X
N
CICH
CG
CF
0.052 inch0.052 inch Y
June 2007
Hydraulic Schematic, 2WD Models(from serial number 2901 to 3241)
Section 5 • Schematics
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
5 - 40 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
T1
M3
BRAKE/2 SPEED
MANIFOLD
REAR
LEFT
M1
T3
0.045
inch
CHARGE PRESSURE
0.025
inch
T P
REAR
RIGHT
M2
HYDRAULIC TANK
4WD
TRACTION
MANIFOLD
STEERING
25
PSI
M
AUXILIARY
PUMP
0.5 GPM
DRIVE PUMP
320 PSI
E
B
3500 PSI
A
LIFT/STEER
PUMP
3.0 GPM
CHARGE PRESSURE
A
B
S2
S1
T3
L1
T1
P1
BRAKE
2 SPD
P
M6
M5
M7
FRONT
LEFT
FRONT
RIGHT
0.052
inch
33%67%
0.052 inch
250
PSI
A PORT
T2
M4
CP
B PORT
M8
5
PSI
A
B
K
D
E
C
H
I
J
F
G
3500 PSI
AA
AB
ACAD
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 41
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
JIB BOOM
PLATFORM ROTATE
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
PRIMARY BOOM EXTENSION
1800 PSI
PRIMARY BOOM
1400 PSI
0.032 inch
1600 PSI
SECONDARY BOOM
3000 PSI
1.5:1
TURNTABLE ROTATE
5.9 CU. IN.
/REV
3000 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
8:1
MASTER
PLATFORM LEVEL SLAVE CYLINDER
0.025 inch
(from serial number
1187 to1891)
0.022 inch
(from serial number
1892 to1969)
S1
T1
T2
P2
T3 T4
3200 PSI
S2
.8 GPM
G1
P1
P1
T3
S1
S2
0.1 GPM
T1
C1 C2 M1 M2 C6 C7 C8
J1 J2 PR1 PR2
A
E
B
C
D
W
M
F G HI
J K
L
N O
X
P Q R S T U V
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
C3 C4 C5
1500 PSI
3:1
0.025 inch
0.028
inch0.3 GPM
CG
CACD CB CC
CE
CF
(after serial number 1969)
0.052 inch 0.052 inch
Y
REV A
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 1187 to 1546)
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 1547 to 2900)
5 - 42 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N
REV A
TRACTION
MANIFOLD
T1
M3
BRAKE/2-SPEED MANIFOLD REAR
RIGHT
M1
T3
0.045
inch
CHARGE PRESSURE
0.025
inch
T P
REAR
LEFT
M2
HYDRAULIC TANK
STEERING
CYLINDER
25
PSI
M
AUXILIARY
PUMP
0.5 GPM
DRIVE PUMP
E
B
3500 PSI
A
LIFT/STEER
3.0 GPM
PUMP
CHARGE PRESSURE
A
B
S2
S1
T3
L1
T1
P1
BRAKE
2 SPD
P
M5
M6
M7
FRONT
LEFT
FRONT
RIGHT
0.052
inch33%67%
0.052 inch
170 PSI
A PORT
T2
M4
CP
B PORT
M8
50
PSI
DE
L2
A
B
B
A
TOP
BOT
BOT
TOP
T
FM
2000 PSI
GEN
GENERATOR OPTION3500 PSI
220 PSI
AA
AB
ACAD
AB
K
D
E
C
H
I
J
F
G
3 gpm
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 1547 to 2900)
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 43
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
JIB BOOM
PLATFORM ROTATE
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
PRIMARY BOOM EXTENSION
1800 PSI
PRIMARY BOOM
1400 PSI
0.032 inch
1600 PSI
SECONDARY BOOM
3000 PSI
1.5:1
TURNTABLE ROTATE
5.9 CU. IN.
/REV
3000 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
8:1
MASTER
PLATFORM LEVEL SLAVE CYLINDER
0.025 inch
(from serial number
1187 to1891)
0.022 inch
(from serial number
1892 to1969)
S1
T1
T2
P2
T3 T4
3200 PSI
S2
.8 GPM
G1
P1
P1
T3
S1
S2
0.1 GPM
T1
C1 C2 M1 M2 C6 C7 C8
J1 J2 PR1 PR2
A
E
B
C
D
W
M
F G HI
J K
L
N O
X
P Q R S T U V
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
3:1
C3 C4 C5
1500 PSI
3:1
0.025 inch
0.028
inch0.3 GPM
CG
CACD CB CC
CE
CF
(after serial number 1969)
0.052 inch 0.052 inch
Y
REV A
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 1547 to 2900)
June 2007Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 2901 to 3241)
5 - 44 Z-34/22 IC Part No. 119987
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
REV A
TRACTION
MANIFOLD
T1
M3
BRAKE/2-SPEED MANIFOLD REAR
RIGHT
M1
T3
0.045
inch
CHARGE PRESSURE
0.025
inch
T P
REAR
LEFT
M2
HYDRAULIC TANK
STEERING
CYLINDER
25
PSI
M
AUXILIARY
PUMP
0.5 GPM
DRIVE PUMP
E
B
3500 PSI
A
LIFT/STEER
3.0 GPM
PUMP
CHARGE PRESSURE
A
B
S2
S1
T3
L1
T1
P1
BRAKE
2 SPD
P
M5
M6
M7
FRONT
LEFT
FRONT
RIGHT
0.052
inch33%67%
0.052 inch
170 PSI
A PORT
T2
M4
CP
B PORT
M8
50
PSI
DE
L2
A
B
B
A
TOP
BOT
BOT
TOP
T
FM
2000 PSI
GEN
GENERATOR OPTION3500 PSI
220 PSI
AA
AB
ACAD
AB
K
D
E
C
H
I
J
F
G
3 gpm
June 2007 Section 5 • Schematics
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 2901 to 3241)
Part No. 119987 Z-34/22 IC 5 - 45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
REV A
JIB BOOM
PLATFORM ROTATE
2500 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
1.5:1
2500 PSI
3:1
EXTENSION CYLINDER
2800 PSI
(removed
after serial
number 3215)
3000 PSI
3:1
PRIMARY BOOM CYLINDER
1600 PSI
0.032 inch
1600 PSI
SECONDARY BOOM CYLINDER
TURNTABLE ROTATE
5.9 CU. IN. /REV
3000 PSI
3:1
3000 PSI
4.5:1
MASTER
CYLINDER
PLATFORM LEVELING
SLAVE CYLINDER
0.028 inch
S1
T1
T2
P2
T3 T4
3200 PSI
S2
1 GPM
G1
P1
P1
T3
S1
S2
0.1 GPM
T1
C1 C2 M1 M2 C3 C4 C6C5 C7 C8
J1 J2 PR1 PR2
0.3 GPM
0.035 inch
3000 PSI
1.5:1
1500 PSI
3:1
A
B
C
D
E
F G H IJ K L
W
VSQPM UTRO
X
N
CICH
CG
CF
0.052 inch0.052 inch Y
Section 5 • SchematicsJune 2007
Hydraulic Schematic, 4WD Models(from serial number 2901 to 3241)
Dis
trib
ute
d B
y:
California Proposition 65
WARNINGThe exhaust from this product contains chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer,
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Genie North America
Genie Australia Pty Ltd.
Genie China
Genie Malaysia
Genie Japan
Genie Korea
Genie Brasil
Genie Holland
Phone 425.881.1800
Toll Free USA and Canada
800.536.1800
Fax 425.883.3475
Phone +61 7 3375 1660
Fax +61 7 3375 1002
Phone +86 21 53852570
Fax +86 21 53852569
Phone +65 98 480 775
Fax +65 67 533 544
Phone +81 3 3453 6082
Fax +81 3 3453 6083
Phone +82 25 587 267
Fax +82 25 583 910
Phone +55 11 41 665 755
Fax +55 11 41 665 754
Phone +31 183 581 102
Fax +31 183 581 566
Genie Scandinavia
Genie France
Genie Iberica
Genie Germany
Genie U.K.
Genie Mexico City
Phone +46 31 575100
Fax +
Phone +33 (0)2 37 26 09 99
Fax +33 (0)2 37 26 09 98
Phone +34 93 579 5042
Fax +34 93 579 5059
Phone 0800 180 9017
Fax +49 422 149 1820
Phone +44 (0)1476 584333
Fax +44 (0)1476 584334
Phone +52 55 5666 5242
Fax +52 55 5666 3241
46 31 579020
Phone +49 422 149 1818